Democracy Spraffa

Document Pack - Corporate Services Committee 21 05 25 (Bookmarked)

West Dunbartonshire Council · 21 May 2025
Back to Corporate Services Committee — 21 May 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Agenda 
Corporate Services Committee 
Date:  Wednesday, 21 May 2025 
Time:  14:00 
Format:  Hybrid Meeting 
Contact:    Scott Kelly, Committee Officer  
scott.kelly@west-dunbarton.gov.uk  
committee.admin@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Dear Member 
Please attend a meeting of the Corporate Services Committee as detailed above.   
Members will have the option to attend the meeting remotely or in person at the Civic
Space, 16 Church Street, Dumbarton. 
The business is shown on the attached agenda. 
Yours faithfully 
PETER HESSETT 
Chief Executive 
Page 1

Page 2

Distribution:- 
Councillor Ian Dickson
Councillor Fiona Hennebry
Councillor David McBride 
Councillor Karen Murray Conaghan
Councillor Lawrence O’Neill (Vice Chair)
Councillor Lauren Oxley
Councillor Martin Rooney
Councillor William Rooney (Chair)
Councillor Gordon Scanlan
Councillor Hazel Sorrell
Councillor Clare Steel
Vacancy 
Chief Executive
Chief Officers 
Date of issue:  8 May 2025 
Audio Streaming 
Audio recordings of the meeting (including the attendance or contribution of any party
participating or making a contribution) will be published on the Council’s website and
the Council’s host’s webcast/audio stream platform. 
You should be aware that the Council is a Data Controller under the General Data
Protection Regulation.  Data collected during this audio stream will be retained in
accordance with the Council’s Privacy Notice and Retention Schedules including, but
not limited to, for the purpose of keeping historical records and making those records
available via the Council’s internet site. 
Page 2

Page 3

CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE 
WEDNESDAY, 21 MAY 2025 
AGENDA 
1 STATEMENT BY CHAIR – AUDIO STREAMING 
The Chair will be heard in connection with the above. 
2 APOLOGIES 
3 DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
Members are invited to declare if they have an interest in any of the items of 
business on this agenda and the reasons for such declarations. 
4 RECORDING OF VOTES 
The Committee is asked to agree that all votes taken during the meeting be
caried out by roll call vote to ensure an accurate record. 
5 MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETING     7 – 12 
Submit, for approval as a correct record, the Minutes of Meeting of the
Corporate Services Committee held on 5 February 2025. 
6 OPEN FORUM 
The Committee is asked to note that no open forum questions have been
submitted by members of the public. 
7 CITIZEN, CULTURE AND FACILITIES 2024/25 – YEAR-END To Follow
PROGRESS AND CITIZEN, CULTURE AND FACILITIES
DELIVERY PLAN 2025/26     
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Citizen, Culture and Facilities setting out
the year-end progress of the 2024/25 Delivery Plan and presenting the new
Delivery Plan for 2025/26. 
8/ 
Page 3

Page 4

8 PEOPLE AND TECHNOLOGY DELIVERY PLAN 2024/25 –  13 – 50
YEAR-END PROGRESS AND PEOPLE AND TECHNOLOGY
DELIVERY PLAN 2025/26 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – People and Technology setting out the
year-end progress of the 2024/25 Delivery Plan and presenting the new
Delivery Plan for 2025/26. 
9 REGULATORY AND REGENERATION DELIVERY PLAN   51 – 109
2024/25 – YEAR-END PROGRESS AND REGULATORY AND
REGENERATION DELIVERY PLAN 2025/26 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Regulatory and Regeneration setting out
the year-end progress of the 2024/25 Delivery Plan and presenting the new
Delivery Plan for 2025/26. 
10 RESOURCES DELIVERY PLAN 2024/25 – YEAR-END   111 – 147
PROGRESS AND RESOURCES DELIVERY PLAN 2025/26 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Resources setting out the year-end
progress of the 2024/25 Delivery Plan and presenting the new Delivery Plan
for 2025/26. 
11 WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE LEISURE TRUST BUSINESS  To Follow
PLAN 2025/26 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Citizen, Culture and Facilities providing
an update on the West Dunbartonshire Leisure Trust Business Plan 2025-26. 
12 COUNCIL WORKFORCE PLAN 2022-2027: UPDATE AND  149 – 217
ANNUAL ACTION PLANS 2024/25 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – People and Technology providing an
update on the Council’s workforce planning activity for 2024/25. 
13 EQUALITY OUTCOMES AND MAINSTREAMING REPORT  To Follow
2025-2029 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Citizen, Culture and Facilities and the
Chief Officer – People and Technology providing an update on progress on
the 2021-2025 Equality Outcomes and Mainstreaming Report, and detailing
Equality Outcomes and Mainstreaming areas for 2025-2029. 
Page 4

Page 5

14 CORPORATE SERVICES REVENUE BUDGETARY    219 – 237
CONTROL REPORT TO 31 JANUARY 2025 (PERIOD 10) 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Resources advising on the 
performance of the Corporate Services revenue budget for the period to 31
January 2025. 
15 CORPORATE SERVICES CAPITAL BUDGETARY    239 – 245
CONTROL REPORT TO 31 JANUARY 2025 (PERIOD 10) 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Resources providing an update on the
Corporate Services capital programme to 31 January 2025. 
16 COST OF LIVING – CAPITAL FUND     247 – 252 
Submit report by the Chief Officer – Resources advising on the closure of the
Cost-of-Living Capital Fund and reporting on the groups it has supported
since it was established in June 2022. 
Page 5

Page 6

Page 6

Page 7

CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE 
At a Hybrid Meeting of the Corporate Services Committee held in the Civic Space,
16 Church Street, Dumbarton on Wednesday, 5 February 2025 at 2.00 p.m. 
Present: Provost Karen Murray Conaghan and Councillors Fiona
Hennebry, David McBride, Lawrence O’Neill, Lauren Oxley,
Martin Rooney, William Rooney, Gordon Scanlan, Hazel Sorrell
and Clare Steel. 
Attending: Peter Hessett, Chief Executive; Alan Douglas, Chief Officer –
Regulatory and Regeneration (Legal Officer); Amanda Graham,
Chief Officer – Citizen, Culture and Facilities; Laurence Slavin,
Chief Officer – Resources; Victoria Rogers, Chief Officer –
People and Technology; Michelle Lynn, Assets Co-ordinator;
James Gallacher, ICT Manager; Ryan Chalmers, Section Head
– Resources; Arun Menon, Business Support Manager; Adrian
Gray, Finance Business Partner – Resources; and Scott Kelly,
Committee Officer. 
Apologies: Apologies for absence were intimated on behalf of Councillors
Ian Dickson and James McElhill.
.
Councillor William Rooney in the Chair 
STATEMENT BY CHAIR – AUDIO STREAMING 
Councillor William Rooney, Chair, advised that the meeting was being audio
streamed and broadcast live to the internet and would be available for playback. 
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
It was noted that there were no declarations of interest in any of the items of
business on the agenda. 
RECORDING OF VOTES 
The Committee agreed that all votes taken during the meeting would be carried out
by roll call vote to ensure an accurate record. 
ITEM 5
Page 7

Page 8

MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETING 
The Minutes of Meeting of the Corporate Services Committee held on 6 November
2024 were submitted and approved as a correct record. 
OPEN FORUM 
The Committee noted that no open forum questions had been submitted by
members of the public. 
VARIATION TO PAY PRESERVATION 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – People and Technology presenting
options to reduce the pay preservation period and consequent associated costs for
the Council. 
After discussion and having heard the Chief Officer – People and Technology in
further explanation and in answer to Members’ questions, Councillor William Rooney
moved:- 
That the Committee agrees to note the findings of the analysis and approves
Option 2 to reduce the pay preservation period to 6 months. 
As an amendment, Councillor Scanlan moved:- 
That the Committee agrees to reject a further reduction to pay preservation
timescales and instructs officers to seek the agreement of the trade unions
before returning this matter to the Committee. 
Councillor O’Neill then seconded Councillor William Rooney’s motion and Provost
Murray Conaghan seconded Councillor Scanlan’s amendment. 
On a roll call vote being taken 3 Members voted for the amendment, namely Provost
Murray Conaghan and Councillors Oxley and Scanlan, and 7 Members voted for the
motion, namely Councillors Hennebry, McBride, O’Neill, Martin Rooney, William
Rooney, Sorrell and Steel.  The motion was accordingly declared carried. 
PEOPLE AND TECHNOLOGY SPEND 2025-26 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – People and Technology providing a
detailed breakdown of the planned People and Technology spend for both capital
and revenue, covering new and existing contracts valued above £10,000 and
seeking approval to procure and contract for the requisite goods and services. 
The Committee agreed:- 
(1) to note the revenue and capital spend detail included in the report;
Page 8

Page 9

(2) to note the projects to deliver this spend would be included in the 2025-26
People and Technology Delivery Plan currently in development and to be
reported to a future meeting of the Committee; 
(3) to note, that where the contract award is less than £213,477 (VAT inclusive),
authority is delegated to the Chief Officer – People and Technology in
consultation with the Procurement Manager, to instruct the award of contracts
for the planned revenue and capital spend detailed in the report to suppliers
providing the most economically advantageous offer to the Council; 
(4) to approve the procurement of and award by the Chief Officer – People and
Technology in consultation with the Chief Officer – Regulatory and
Regeneration, of all contracts valued at £213,477 (VAT inclusive) and above,
subject to the cost being within the approved budget and the tender being in
line with normal tender parameters; 
(5) to approve the revenue spend included in the report, including approval to
explore and secure multi-year contracts, contracts using framework
agreements and/or contracts using dynamic purchasing systems beyond the
term of approved budgets where efficiencies and savings can be achieved;
and 
(6) to approve the projects specified in section 3 of the report (as shown in 
Appendix 1 to these Minutes). 
CYBER INCIDENT RESPONSE PLAN (CIRP) 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – People and Technology seeking
approval of the new Cyber Incident Response Plan (CIRP). 
After discussion and having heard the Chief Officer – People and Technology and
the ICT Manager in further explanation and in answer to Members’ questions, the
Committee agreed:- 
(1) to note that there had been several recent high profile cyber incidents,
including the Scottish public sector; 
(2) to note that the CIRP will be the key document used by the Council to
manage major Cyber Incidents, as recommended by the Scottish Government
through its Public Sector Action Plan (PSAP) for Cyber Security; and 
(3) to approve the Council’s Cyber Incident Response Plan (CIRP), as appended
to the report. 
CORPORATE DEBT POLICY 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – Resources seeking approval of the
revised Corporate Debt Policy.
Page 9

Page 10

After discussion and having heard the Chief Officer – Resources and the Section
Head – Resources in further explanation and in answer to Members’ questions, the
Committee agreed to approve the revised Corporate Debt Policy which was attached
as an appendix to the report. 
WRITE-OFF OF NATIONAL NON-DOMESTIC RATES 2024/2025 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – Resources seeking approval of the
write-off of debts in respect of National Non-Domestic Rates (NNDR), which have
been deemed as irrecoverable during the financial year 2024/2025. 
After discussion and having heard the Chief Officer – Resources in further
explanation and in answer to Members’ questions, the Committee agreed to approve
the write-off of NNDR accounts totalling £637,211.56. 
CORPORATE SERVICES REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL REPORT TO
31 OCTOBER 2024 (PERIOD 7) 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – Resources advising on the
performance of the Corporate Services revenue budget for the period to 31 October
2024. 
Having heard the Chief Officer – Resources and the Chief Officer – Citizen, Culture
and Facilities in answer to Members’ questions, the Committee agreed to note that
the revenue account currently shows a projected annual favourable variance of
£0.199m (0.55% of the total budget). 
CORPORATE SERVICES CAPITAL BUDGETARY CONTROL REPORT TO
31 OCTOBER 2024 (PERIOD 7) 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – Resources providing an update on the
Corporate Services capital programme to 31 October 2024. 
The Committee agreed:- 
(1) to note the current position of the 2024/25 capital budget for Corporate
Services; 
(2) to note that the project life total was currently on track; and 
(3) to note that the £1.000m capital budget for a new financial ledger system and
the associated £0.028m per annum revenue costs to cover the interest on the
prudential borrowing over 20 years of the life of the asset had been approved
by Council on December 2024 
Page 10

Page 11

REVIEW OF THE DUMBARTON COMMON GOOD FUND 
A report was submitted by the Chief Officer – Resources providing the outcome of a
review of the Dumbarton Common Good Fund (DCG) and seeking agreement of a
future financial support fund for applicants. 
After discussion and having heard the Chief Officer – Resources in further
explanation and in answer to Members’ questions, the Council agreed:- 
(1) to note the financial position in relation to the Dumbarton Common Good and
the need to consider current funding awards to ensure it is sustainable in the
longer term and provides scope to fund new and emerging applications; 
(2) to approve the allocation of a £10,000 per annum maintenance budget to
ensure Dumbarton Common Good sites remain fit for purpose; 
(3) to approve a new two stage assessment process which will be accompanied
by supporting guidance and a new application form; 
(4) to approve all current awards for 2025/26 on a single year basis; 
 adjusting for those who have asked for a lower amount as detailed in
Appendix 2 to the report; 
 not adjusting for those who have applied for an increase as detailed in
Appendix 2 to the report; and 
 approving the two one-off applications detailed in paragraph 4.11 of the
report; 
(5) to approve that all beneficiaries are contacted to advise them of the outcome
of this review on their 2025/26 awards and advise they will be required to
reapply to the Dumbarton Common Good for the financial year 2026/27 with
those applications assessed against the revised assessment process; and 
(6) to approve that, from 2026/27 onwards, the Dumbarton Common Good Fund
operates on a three-year cycle of funding. 
The meeting closed at 3.05 p.m. 
Page 11

Page 12

Appendix 1 
Table 1 – Existing Agreed ICT 1-Year Capital Plan 
Capital allocation 2025/26
ICT Security & Resilience
Inc. Education Software Licensing Refresh
£792,000
ICT Modernisation £677,000
365 Implementation £240,000
Total £1,709,000 
Table 2 – Proposed Projects ICT Capital Spend 2025-26 
Description Capital (Est)
ICT Security & DR, Resilience £792,000
1. SWAN 1.0 Contract exit cost. £50,000
2. SWAN 2.0 Implementation £250,000
3. Replace Ageing Infrastructure Hardware £100,000
4. Security Compliance remediation £90,000
5. Security Resourcing - multi-year consultancy services £30,000
6. Internal ICT resource recharges £84,000
7. Education software refresh £30,000
8. Wi-Fi Technology licensing £80,000
9. Telephony system replacement £60,000
10. Security Patching Improvements £18,000
ICT Modernisation £677,000
1. Device replacement: £554,000
a) corporate laptops £162,000
b) education laptops £167,000
c) education PC’s £225,000
2. Resources to Support a range of corporate projects. £123,000
365 Implementation £240,000
1. Resourcing £170,000
2. Securing and implementing SharePoint and One Drive £70,000
Total £1,709,000 
Page 12

Page 13

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL 
Report by Chief Officer – People and Technology 
Committee: Corporate Services Committee 21 May 2025 
Subject: People and Technology Delivery Plan 2024/25 - Year-end Progress
and Delivery Plan 2025/26 
1 Purpose 
1.1 This report sets out the year-end progress of the 2024/25 Delivery Plan and
presents the new Delivery Plan for 2025/26. 
2 Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that Committee notes the progress achieved at year-end
and the new Plan for 2025/26. 
3 Background 
3.1 In line with the Strategic Planning & Performance Framework, each Chief
Officer develops an annual Delivery Plan which sets out actions to help deliver
the Strategic Plan and address the performance challenges and service
priorities identified in the planning process. The Plan also provides an
overview of services and resources, including employees and budgets, sets
out the performance indicators (PIs) for monitoring progress and considers the
relevant risks. 
3.2 In the last few months of 2024/25, several services and teams across the
Council were realigned to other Chief Officer areas. For consistency and
transparency, the year-end progress reports reflect the content of the 2024/25
delivery plans reported to the relevant committees at the beginning of that
year, with none of the organisational changes that took place in-year included.
Those changes are, however, reflected in the new delivery plans for 2025/26. 
4 Main Issues 
2024/25 Year-end Progress 
4.1 The 2024/25 Delivery Plan was presented to Corporate Services Committee
on 22 May 2024 and mid-year progress reported on 6 November 2024. 
4.2 Full details of year-end progress are set out in Appendix 1. 
ITEM 8
Page 13

Page 14

4.3 The progress of the Plan’s 22 actions is summarised below: 
Progress No. (%) 
Completed 19 (86%) 
Overdue 3 (14%) 
4.4 Overdue actions relate to the following and will be carried forward and
completed in 2025/26:
• Further secure the Council’s Technology Infrastructure – 85% complete
• Maintain and monitor employee wellbeing, engagement and workforce
planning – 80% complete
• Workforce Planning: Develop and implement wellbeing, employee
engagement, equality and learning and development plans to enable
capabilities, improve resilience and promotion of a diverse workforce. –
96% complete 
4.5 Year-end data is available for all of the Plan’s nine PIs. The performance of
those PIs is summarised below: 
Performance Against Target No. (%) 
Target met or exceeded 4 (45%) 
Target significantly missed 5 (55%)   
Performance Over Time No. (%) 
Improved over short term (or maintained high
level of performance)
6 (67%) 
Improved over longer term (or maintained high
level of performance)
7 (79%) 
4.6 Where target was significantly missed, this relates to the following PI’s: 
• % employee attendance improvement rate (teachers and local
government); -4.3% against a target of 1%. 
• % of Council employees who feel valued in the workplace; 45% against a
target of 75%. 
• % of our workforce who have declared a disability; 1.4% against a target of
2.2%.
• % of our workforce who have stated they are LGBT; 1.3% against a target
of 2.5%.
• % of our workforce who are from a Black minority ethnic group; 0.7%
against a target of 1% 
4.7 The full set of PIs will be reported through the Council’s annual performance
reporting process. 
2025/26 Delivery Plan 
4.8 The 2025/26 Delivery Plan is set out at Appendix 2.
Page 14

Page 15

4.9 Key priorities include: 
• Implement statutory payroll changes
• Undertake annual payroll audit
• Implement revised team structure and service provision across the three
service teams.
• Further secure the Council’s technology infrastructure
• Deliver fit for purpose bandwidth capacity to all Council locations
• Implement next phase of Microsoft 265 SharePoint and One Drive
• Complete review of devices due to be replaced
• Review and explore next generation technologies
• Implement the Fit for Future programme of reviews.
• Improve employee life cycle and optimise employee development
opportunities
• Continue to embed key Health & Safety practice
• Undertake a strategic review of job profiles across the Council
• Progress the plan to mainstream digital transformation across the Council
• Maintain and manage the review process for Council & HSCP Core Plans
• Manage and oversee the Business Continuity Process for the Council and
HSCP
• Continue to develop the Council and HSCP response and power resilience
arrangements 
4.10 Implementation of the Plan will be monitored by the management team with
mid-year and year-end progress reported to Corporate Services Committee
around November 2025 and May 2026 respectively. 
5 People Implications 
5.1 There are no direct people implications arising from this report. 
6 Financial & Procurement Implications 
6.1  There are no direct financial or procurement implications arising from this
report. 
7 Risk Analysis 
7.1 Failure to deliver on the actions assigned to People and Technology may
have a direct impact on the delivery of the Council’s Strategic Plan. It is
essential that remedial action is taken to ensure strategic delivery plans
achieve the commitments detailed. 
8 Equalities Impact Assessment 
8.1 Screening and impact assessments will be carried out on specific activities as
required. 
9 Consultation
Page 15

Page 16

9.1  The delivery plans were developed through consultation with officers from the
strategic service areas. 
10 Strategic Assessment 
10.1  The delivery plans set out actions to support the successful delivery of the
strategic priorities and objectives of the Council. 
Chief Officer: Victoria Rogers
Service Area:  People and Technology
Date:   30 April 2025
_____________________________________________________________ 
Person to Contact:  Karen Connelly    
Performance & Strategy Business Partner    
karen.Connelly@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Appendices:  Appendix 1: People and Technology Delivery Plan
2024/25 - Year-end Progress 
Appendix 2: People and Technology Delivery Plan
2025/26
Background Papers: People and Technology Delivery Plan 2024/25 -
Corporate Services Committee, 22 May 2024 
People and Technology Delivery Plan 2024/25 Mid-year
Progress - Corporate Services Committee, 6 November
2024 
Strategic Planning & Performance Framework 2022/27   
Wards Affected: All
Page 16

Page 17

1
Appendix 1 - P&T Delivery Plan Year-end Progress 24/25
4. Our Council
Objective 10. Our workforce is resilient and skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator
Value Status Value Target Short Trend Long Trend Note
Owner
Percentage of ICT helpdesk incidents fixed with
half day of being logged. 66.82% 78.03% 65%
Target exceeded, with continued
improvement mainly due to
technology improvements, walk up
tech bar, improved network
performance, removal of legacy
application software and enhanced
workflows in Freshservice system.
Overall, over 13,000 ICT helpdesk
incidents were resolved within half
day of being reported. The target for
2025/26 will be increased to 70%.
James Gallacher
% of our workforce who have declared a disability 0.04% 1.4% 2.2% Target missed although Performance
has improved by 1.36%. Action Alison McBride
Page 17

Page 18

2
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator
Value Status Value Target Short Trend Long Trend Note
Owner
continues to encourage employees to
provide equalities data. 
% of our workforce who have stated they are LGBT 1.19% 1.3% 2.5%
Target missed. Performance has
marginally increased. The data for
LGB and Trans are collated
separately and therefore have been
reported separately. These figures
are a % of the total workforce.
Alison McBride
% of our workforce who are from a Black minority
ethnic group 0.58% 0.7% 1.0%
Target missed, with marginal
improvement. Action continues to
encourage employees to provide
equalities data.
Alison McBride
Disability pay gap 1.07% 0.2% 10% Target achieved. Alison McBride
The percentage of the highest paid 5% employees
who are women 60.1% 62% 50% Target achieved. Alison McBride
Gender pay gap -0.4% 0.04% 3% Target achieved. Alison McBride
% employee attendance improvement rate
(teachers & local govt.) 1.86% -4.3% 1%
Target significantly missed. The
attendance improvement rate has
decreased compared to last year this
is due to an increase in sickness
absence reasons across a range of
reasons but in particular related to
the local government employee
workforce. Work continues to support
employee maintain their health and
wellbeing at work through application
of the Supporting Employee
Wellbeing policy and promotion of a
range of employee supports and
benefits.
Alison McBride
Percentage of Council employees who feel valued
in the workplace 46% 45% 75%
Target significantly missed.
Performance has declined over the
last 3 years; it was anticipated that
the impact of the budget deficit and
the implications this meant for
service delivery would have an
impact on the workforce morale and
Alison McBride
Page 18

Page 19

3
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator
Value Status Value Target Short Trend Long Trend Note
Owner
as a result how valued they feel. To
assist with what is an unsettling time
for the organisation, to mitigate
against any negative impacts, a
communication plan was put in place
to ensure employees are kept
informed of the budget outcomes as
well as ensuring employees are
aware of the package of wellbeing
supports in place.
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Progress assurance and test plan for Service
Plans 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. A number of Emergency
Plans have been reviewed, issued for consultation,
updated and now live. Civil contingencies facilitated
training for both Council and HSCP. Council Incident
Officers (CIOs), Support Centre Managers (CSMs)
and Loggist training. Further courses facilitated by
West of Scotland Regional Resilience Partnership
(WoS RRP) were shared with Council and HSCP
Leads.
Scott McFarlane
Progress and manage the Council`s & HSCPs
Business Continuity Process 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Workshops completed for all
heads of service and across all service areas
including HSPC. Care plans validated and further
workshops planned to ensure all services are fully
aware of their responsibilities and the Business
Continuity requirements. 
Scott McFarlane
Develop a framework for the Council’s Power
Resilience arrangements 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Essential Services Power
Resilience document and Assurance Checklists were
updated by the Strategic Resilience Group (SRG). A
Power Resilience Workshop was undertaken, the
actions are being progressed which will work
towards reducing the impact of a National Power
Outage or a Significant Cyber Attack. An exercise
will be arranged later in 2025.  
Scott McFarlane
Further secure the Council’s Technology
Infrastructure 31-Mar-2025
Ongoing review, investigation and testing to inform
enhanced security and protection. Enhancements
and improvements have been introduced on anti-
James Gallacher
Page 19

Page 20

4
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
phishing, 365 email security, council device security,
incident readiness, firewall defence and software
and hardware update process. ICT will further
investigate Multi Factor Authentication (MFA) in the
coming year. This action will be carried over into
2025/26.  
Deliver fit for purpose Bandwidth capacity to all
Council locations 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. In total 53 sites have now
migrated to the new SWAN2 network with schools
reporting immediate improvements. Next phase of
the migration plans underway with site list and
orders submitted and is expected to be completed
by July 2025.
James Gallacher
Enable an improved digital workplace
experience for council employees 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. We have decommissioned
Citrix storefront and migrated to Palo Alto remote
access solution for all remote users. Installation plan
to install Office 365 to all corporate devices is
nearing completion with final users scheduled.
Positive feedback received from Council employees
with the digital workplace experience improved
James Gallacher
Review and implement MS SharePoint and One
Drive 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. This project will continue to
progress in the coming year. MS sharepiont and One
Drive have been deployed to test users. Planning in
progress with People & Change team to prepare
project communication strategy with next phase and
wider roll out planned for 2025/26.
James Gallacher
Coordinate ICT device replacement programme. 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Device replacements have
progressed well across corporate and education
estate.
James Gallacher
Enhance/ expand digital skills champion roles 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. DigiChamps receive periodic
newsletters and advance notification of all the
Digital Themes activities.  Rollout of M365 will
continue to be developed as pilot evolves. Service
design training developed and available to services
Alison McBride
Develop a plan to further mainstream digital
transformation across the Council 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Digital themes have been
designed and introduced. Support for pilot project
for roll-out of M365 collaboration tools (MS Teams,
SharePoint, OneDrive) provided. The
communications and approach developed for pilot
will be followed for wider roll-out. A M365 hub has
been established on the intranet and Microsoft
Alison McBride
Page 20

Page 21

5
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
training opportunities are advertised as they become
available. 
Workforce Planning: Develop and implement
wellbeing, employee engagement, equality and
learning and development plans to enable
capabilities, improve resilience and promotion
of a diverse workforce
31-Mar-2025
Action overdue. Knowledge sharing and
development is taking place across the service.
Focused resource on Voluntary Severance/
Voluntary Early Retirement (VS/VER) and savings
exercise, Staff Working in Transition and Change
(SWITCH) and equalities.
A number of employee benefit initiatives have been
launched and further developments in the workforce
planning console to support the management of
intermittent absence and stress risk assessment
process.
Trickle use continues to be promoted for
engagement and there has been a realignment of
the employee recognition awards with the Council's
ACHIEVE values. The ICT customer satisfaction
actions are underway.
Further work will be undertaken on the Equality
workstream. Work has progressed but not as much
as the team would have liked due to resources. This
action will be carried over into 2025/26.
Alison McBride
Workforce Planning: Develop and implement
employee life cycle plans in line with the People
First Strategy to attract and retain the
workforce.
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. A review of the succession
planning across all team has been undertaken to
ensure resilience. Development of career pathway
roles and talent pools and considering different
Social Media platforms to reach a wider audience
and diversify the workforce in ICT.
Year 2 of the recruitment work plan (onboarding)
has commenced with user research for new
employees and recruiting managers.
Further work is required in target recruitment and
review of social media in recruitment. Resource has
been diverted to support VS/VER and restructures.
The team have started scoping this work out and
making contact, but much is still to be undertaken in
this area. This action will be continue in 2025/26
Alison McBride
Workforce Planning: Implement service review
process including role design, use of new
technology and new ways of working to add
resilience, address gaps, and establish
opportunities for efficiencies
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Review of structures, roles
and requirements in line with SOM compliance and
phases is complete. 
Job evaluation revised policy and processes now
embedding, strengthening the Council's position on
Alison McBride
Page 21

Page 22

6
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
equal pay and considerations around role design.
Development of the workforce planning console has
increased use.
Further work is needed to review the Data
Management provision and re-prioritisation. Work
has commenced and a capital bid is being
considered for investment in this area. This action
will continue in 2025/26
Workforce Planning: Develop and implement
learning and development opportunities to
improve capabilities and resilience within the
workforce.
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. We continue to progress job
evaluation/analysis, management development and
leadership training
Digital themes to support pilot project roll-out of
M365 collaboration tools (MS Teams, SharePoint,
OneDrive) have been provided.
Whist digital skills training has been provided the
take up has been limited. This has also been seen
with automation, further investment and a mindset
shift required in this area to ensure WDC does not
fall behind especially given the volume of work
nationally. This action will continue into 2025/26
Alison McBride
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
Workforce Management
System not fit for purpose
There is a risk that the WMS system is
not fit-for-purpose thereby requiring
manual workarounds restricting the level
of automation impacting on efficiencies
31-March-2025
This risk remains current due to the
way Frontier deploy improvements and
support the system development in
line with operational requirement.
Officers continue to monitor and
manage this risk.
No change to risk matrix
Arun Menon
Challenges in protecting
the Health and Safety of
Employees and Others
Failure to meet the Council’s duty to
protect the health, safety and welfare of
its employees and other people who
might be affected by its business
31-March-2025
Corporate H&S are actively reviewing
and optimising key service areas,
including Safety Management
Standards and training.
Figtree is now hosted by Figtree’s own
server platform replacing WDC’s ICT
servers and there has been a marked
Alison McBride
Page 22

Page 23

7
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
improvement in turnaround times for
enhancements to the system.
Work is also being carried out to refine
and simplify the health surveillance
process in collaboration with OH and
line managers.
The ongoing management of H & S
within the Council includes facilitating
management workplace inspections as
well as conducting noise monitoring,
auditing, scaffold inspections and
presenting training.
Furthermore, fire safety management
remains a priority across the authority,
with the fire risk assessment
programme, fire safety training and
support given by Corporate H&S to
services to ensure compliance with
regulatory requirements. A significant
amount of work has been undertaken
to ensure WDC is compliant to the
change in legislation relating to the
investigation of fire alarm actuations.
Corporate H&S are working with RPO’s
across the Council as well as providing
training on the subject both in person
and via the i-learn platform.
No change to Risk matrix
Complexities in ensuring an
appropriately resourced
and resilient workforce
Failure to ensure that there is an
appropriately resourced and resilient
workforce in place to meet future
organisational needs, in effectively
executing the Council’s 2022-27
Strategic Plan.
31-March-2025
Workforce Planning Strategy in place
for 2022-2027.
People First Strategy is in place
covering 2022-2027 and this is a
consolidation of a number of areas:
well-being, employee engagement,
workforce planning, learning and
development and digital.
Alison McBride
Page 23

Page 24

8
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
WDC are recognised as leading in
terms of adapting flexible working
practices.
A robust package of wellbeing
resources continues to be available,
absence levels are closely monitored,
with personal stress and minor,
ailments absences prevalent.
Trickle user numbers continue to rise,
and the tool is used as an additional
route to ensure wider spread of
workforce communications alongside
an opportunity for employees to share
thoughts and ideas. In addition, the
tool is used regularly to gauge
employee engagement levels.
Digital Skills approach has been
refreshed with a matrix cascade
planned across the organisation to
support 365 Share point rollout
utilising digital leads and champions.
To further support this the digital team
have completed a programme over the
last year focusing on digital skills,
improving the use of data and
maximising 365 tools. The council wide
rollout to SharePoint continues with
employees being supported on the
opportunities this software can
provide.
Services are currently working on
structures and service delivery whilst
considering the difficult financial
funding position and the impact of this
will be closely supported and
monitored.
There have been reductions across the
people support functions and this has
Page 24

Page 25

9
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
increased the challenges in supporting
services. No change to Risk matrix 
Threat of Cyber-attack
Data, systems and/or infrastructure are
impacted as result of security attacks
which are increasing in number at a time
when this threat is already placing
demands on resources to deliver
increased levels of security controls.
02-Apr-2025
Cyber strategy, policies and
technologies are continually being
improved, reviewed and monitored;
ICT continues to follow National
guidance where applicable.
Cyber Security team focus has been on
promoting employee awareness to
cyber risk from both a professional and
personal perspective, this work has
resulted in 82% of employees in our
recent survey indicating their Cyber
awareness has improved.
Development of a dedicated security
intranet page to provide guidance and
advise to employees is being finalised
and is live.
Progress continues to improve our
Microsoft 365 security and email
posture in addition to a review and
update of our Disaster Recover, Cyber
Incident Response and Business
Continuity Plans.
Incident response readiness, security
gap analysis and M365 security review
has been completed by our 3rd party
security partner. Results are currently
being reviewed with the aim to agree
an improvement action plan. Our
annual Network Penetration testing is
underway with the aim to renew our
Public Sector Network certificate early
in 2025.
Enhanced online email security training
is in progress with continuous phishing
James Gallacher
Page 25

Page 26

10
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
campaigns to raise employee
awareness.
There is a continual review of the
process to apply security updates,
patches, and software deployments.
Recent improvements have redesigned
the update process to devices.
Geo-blocking to GB and Ireland
remains in place.
No change to Risk Matrix.
Objective 11. Our Council is adaptable and focused on delivering best value for our residents
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Undertake annual Payroll Audit 12-Jan-2025 Completed as planned. Arun Menon
Implement statutory Payroll changes 31-May-2024 Completed as planned. All statutory changes such as
Tax and NI have been implemented for 2024/25. Arun Menon
Implement revised team structure and service
provision 30-Sep-2024
Completed as planned. This was achieved through
removal of tasks which has been actioned and
communicated.
Arun Menon
Review and update FfF approach 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Following review, the
approach this year will concentrating on digital
champions, skills and improvements alongside
supporting SharePoint rollout which will ensure
services are efficient and that we make the best use
of our resources. 
Alison McBride
Continue to embed sound H&S practice 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Corporate Health & Safety
continue to ensure safety management standards
reflect current regulation across the Council & HSPC.
The team undertook two audits of services,
Alison McBride
Page 26

Page 27

11
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
residential care at Crosslet House and residential
care at Queens Quay care home. Audits were
conducted against the councils Safety Management
Standards to check compliance and workplace, and
fire risk assessments have been undertaken as
required.
Implement improvements in recruitment life
cycle processes 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Review of project plan has
taken place, and progress has been made in
reviewing succession planning guidance for future
talent resources. Further work will be done on
career pathways and developing additional
recruitment links to enhance the talent pool and
channels available. This action will continue into
2025/26.
Alison McBride
Maintain and monitor employee wellbeing,
engagement and workforce planning 31-Mar-2025
Action overdue. Employee awards have now been
refreshed in line with the Achieve values framework
with the first ceremony planned for May 2025.
Improvements to the employee console have been
introduced. Support materials for stress
improvement work as being designed and the
review of job profiles is underway. As a result of
resource pressures and completing priorities this
action will be carried over into 2025/26
Alison McBride
Review and enhance employee skills and
learning programme 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Mandatory training
information for their teams has now been made
available to Managers on the console. Access to the
national M365 skills hub has been granted and
joining instructions are being developed. The Pilot
M365 is underway and additional training resources
and opportunities are in development. This action
will continue into 2025/26
Alison McBride
Page 27

Page 28

12
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
Keeping abreast of
developments in the
innovative use of
Information Technologies
Failure to keep pace with changing
technology environment 02-Apr-2025
The Council continues to invest in
technology and embrace innovation
with the implementation of several
improvement projects. This investment
is focussed on delivering fit for future
infrastructure, enabling a secure,
consistent and robust hybrid working
experience, reducing the threat of
Cyber-attack and exploring exciting
opportunities with modern technology
such as Artificial Intelligence and
Automation.
There continues to be investment in
cloud services with MS SharePoint and
One Drive with additional services
areas migrating to the solution from
April 25. Further services areas and
partners will be migrated throughout
25/26. ICT are also currently planning
the deployment of an Azure cloud
environment to allow the Council to
begin testing servers in the cloud and
provide added resilience for system
access.
The Council has procured additional
365 licences to allow the latest version
of Office 365 to be deployed to all
Council devices. The ICT team are also
researching latest Artificial Intelligence
solution MS Co-Pilot with the aim to
trial licences across pilot groups.
Installation of new Firewall technology
has taken place, and this project will
not only improve internal and external
security but will also increase data
capacity throughput at our data centre
to allow improved data performance
across the Council network.
James Gallacher;
Page 28

Page 29

13
Risk Description Current
Assessment Target Assessment Date Reviewed Note Owner
The project to improve bandwidth
capacity at all Council sites has
progressed well with 55 sites now
migrated to the new network, the
remaining sites including the Aurora
Data Centre will be upgraded by July
25. In addition, we are also upgrading
the Council internet line and all of
these changes will ensure our
Infrastructure is fit for future and to
allow the Council to invest further in
cloud services.
The Councils legacy telephony system
will be replaced during 25/26 with a
new cloud platform solution that will
also deliver a new Council Contact
Centre solution for Customer Services
to enhance Citizen communication.
Action Status
Overdue
Not on track
In Progress and on track
Completed
PI Status
Target significantly missed
Target narrowly missed
Target met or exceeded
Long Term Trends
Improving
No change
Declining
Short Term Trends
Improving
No change
Declining
Page 29

Page 30

14
Risk Status
Alert
Warning
OK
Page 30

Page 31

DRAFT
APPENDIX 2 
2025-26
DELIVERY PLAN
People and Technology
Page 31

Page 32

2
Contents
1. Introduction..............................................................................................................................................................................2
2. Performance Review...............................................................................................................................................................2
3. Strategic Assessment..............................................................................................................................................................6
4. Resources.............................................................................................................................................................................14
Finance ...........................................................................................................14
Employees ......................................................................................................15
Appendix 1: Action Plan...................................................................................................................................................................17
Page 32

Page 33

2
1. Introduction
People and Technology comprise a wide range of services covering Strategic HR, Organisational Development, Change and
Digital, ICT, Transactional Services (HR advice, pensions and pay), Health, Safety and Risk and Organisational Resilience. It is
one of seven strategic areas responsible for delivering the Council’s Strategic Plan. Key actions to help achieve that are set out
in this Delivery Plan, together with actions to address any performance issues and service priorities identified in the planning
process.
The progress of this Plan will be monitored and managed by the management team and reported to Corporate Services
Committee bi-annually, at mid-year and year-end.
2. Performance Review
The management team completed a detailed review of 2024/25 performance, focusing on the following:
 2024/25 Delivery Plan year-end progress;
 Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) comparative data;
 National Digital Office programmes;
 Cabinet Office and Scottish Government Security compliance and guidance; and
 Continuous Improvement.
This review highlighted our key achievements and challenges in 2024/25. These are summarised below.
Key Achievements 2024/25
Transactional Support
 Furthered digital improvements in the Workforce Management System (WMS) specifically the implementation of Caseviewer
which significantly improves the management of online form approval and visibility.
 Completed annual payroll audit and processed pay awards at short notice and with a significant and complex arrears
element.
 Successfully developed automations within key process areas delivering crucial efficiencies.
Page 33

Page 34

3
CAS
 Achieved near 100% automation in Education Maintenance Allowance (EMA) payment processing, driving significant
improvements in team efficiency and capacity to support additional business areas.
 Launched online forms across multiple functions, enhancing data consistency and streamlining the data collection and
processing workflows.
 Implemented new automations for building security certificates and commercial waste invoicing, boosting efficiency in critical
operational processes.
 Cross-trained teams across multiple functions, enhancing team resilience against a backdrop of reduced resources and
increased workload.
 Developed and rolled out a financial dashboard, enabling proactive management of revenue balances and providing vital
support for service teams.
ICT
 Achieved 87% ICT Customer Satisfaction level.
 Achieved 82% Employees stating their Cyber Awareness has increased due to ICT campaigns.
 Development of new Cyber Incident Response Plan, approved by Committee in February 2025.
 Delivered ICT Security training course materials and Cyber Security and Phishing awareness sessions for Elected members,
Joint Consultative Forum and Council employees.
 Upskilled ICT employees with industry-standard training in infrastructure, 365, applications, device, and cyber security fields.
 Enabled cross organisation collaboration by implementing the capability for Council & NHS employees to access both
networks in various joint locations.
People and Change
 Strategic HR supported the council in achieving the Gold Award from the Defence Employer Recognition Scheme for the 5th
time, maintained Disability Confident status and committed to the Race @ Work Charter.
 Job evaluation has been strengthened with the embedding of the policy with a focus on training and more proactive work to
support streamlining the council’s organisational structure with Strategic Operating Model (SOM) compliance and multiple
restructures. 
Page 34

Page 35

4
 Organisational Development delivered Modern Leaders programme with first cohorts completed, created a coaching &
Mentoring Toolkit, and Continuous Personal Development (CPD) hub with a future leader’s toolkit and peer coaching circles
launched.
 Designed, developed and published resources to help raise awareness of digital transformation. 
 A review into onboarding was conducted and a central onboarding hub was created for managers and new employees.
 Fit for Future review with Risk & Health and Safety focussing on improvements to communications and processes.
 Health and Safety refined H&S committee reports to include data, table charts/graphs and additional relevant information
requested by Trade Unions (TUs) and management. The team have delivered the full programme of occupational noise
exposure monitoring (Noise Risk Assessments) service audits against WDC Safety Management Standards
 The team were the first pilot team to implementation M365 SharePoint and managed the successful transition of FIGTREE
(Safety Management System) from WDC servers to FIGTREE remote servers
Business Resilience
 Supported a range of minor events and major incidents across the local area, working in support of multi-agency partners.
 Made significant progress in power outage planning across both Council and HSCP services.
 Refreshed business continuity arrangements, working closely with services in focus group scenarios.
 Secured Raynet communications coverage, the first of its kind in Scotland, and providing resilience in the event of an
emergency/incident resulting in power outage.
Key Challenges in 24/25
Resilience/ Capacity Challenges
 Across People and Technology, there are a range of challenges linked to a continuing and increased demand for support,
and a reliance on technology which is anticipated to be an ongoing pressure in future years.  The workforce levels are now
outstripped by service demands. Over the last few years, we have encouraged services to become more self-reliant by
introducing self-serve and developing automation of key processes to promote efficiency in time-consuming tasks, however,
buy-in from wider service areas has been slow. Similarly, the take up of service champions to assist with key priorities, such
as digital transformation, has been a challenge with significant improvement required to support change. In 2025/26 we will
continue to promote automation and self-reliance.
 Significant changes in proposed employment legislation impacting on policy, process, terms and conditions and working
practices and challenging political landscape.
Page 35

Page 36

5
 Retention of talent continues to be a challenge. Corporate Administration Support (CAS) operates a flat and lean structure
with limited opportunity for progression within the structure leading to CAS providing a high level of training resulting in highly
skilled and capable employees ultimately benefitting other services due to opportunities at slightly higher grades.
 The Digital team is a small corporate resource, therefore more individual/team ownership around digital capability will be a
key requirement. This will be supported by Digital Champions, but this role needs to be visible, valued, have the right people
in it and be given the time needed to ensure a consistent cascade allowing tools and skills to be mainstreamed across
services. The recent digital skills survey had a very low response rate, demonstrating a lack of engagement, a worrying lack
of understanding in how important it is to ensuring skills gaps are closed and we can use technology to maximise capabilities
and skills across teams especially given the speed of technology developments and that this is the route forward to improving
efficiency.
 The ongoing rationalisation of resources and development of service efficiencies has resulted in many restructures, some
becoming more complex and an increased reliance on SHR which has significantly impacted on the team and the ability to
do the more proactive improvement activities. This has resulted in several initiatives taking much longer than anticipated
such as the Stress Risk review and the People First employee cycle improvement plan. Focus and resources are often
directed to more reactive activities such as Voluntary Severance (VS) / Voluntary Early Retirement (VER), legislative
changes and the application and implementation of the HR people policies which results in resources being stretched.
 Workforce Planning requires to be further embedded to ensure knowledge across the organisation is enhanced.
 Continuing recruitment challenges in attracting and maintaining resource and skills due to uncertainty and budget
implications.
 Increased demands include policy development and new employee initiatives that necessitates data from the Workforce
Management System (WMS) and operational HR skillsets, both of which increase day to day workloads for Transactional
teams. This will ultimately require the strict prioritisation of operational HR and Payroll tasks.
 Health & Safety will experience a loss of experience and roles from the team alongside supporting and mentoring the new
Graduate. Maintaining visibility, support and commitment from senior management whilst looking to ensure
compliance with statutory and legislative requirements
 The biggest challenge for the People and Change team was, and will continue to be, the exponential rate of change leading
to increase demand for the service to support employees’ skills, wellbeing and engagement whilst supporting council-wide
projects such as the roll-out of Microsoft 365, structure changes, changing roles and skillsets with limited resources and
increasing workload. This is leading to a much more demanding role as competing priorities such as wellbeing, workforce
capability building, maximising tools and project delivery are balanced with ensuring that ongoing financial savings and
service delivery expectations are met. As a result, there is an impact on employee wellbeing due to on-going complex
Page 36

Page 37

6
change and the requirement to provide support mechanisms delivering consistent support with insufficient and stretched
resources
 Continued technical challenges with Frontier (Workforce Management System), particularly the speed issues for system
users. Any issues continue to be managed through discussions with the supplier at national level. 
ICT Challenges
 Reduced ICT resources impacting service delivery and requiring use of fixed term and capital funded employees to deliver
business as usual support, technology improvements and service area projects.
 Hybrid Working Challenges:
o Managing and mitigating the increased risk of Cyber Security threats including phishing emails, ransomware attacks
and updating and managing devices to ensure they are secure.  Challenge to ensure laptop devices are regularly
onsite in a Council location and connected internally to the network.
o Increased data and bandwidth demand due to a surge in MS Teams video meetings and access to cloud services. i.e.
reliance on streaming media to enhance teaching and learning.
o Deploying new technologies and decommissioning/upgrading existing technologies when dependency is heightened
e.g., replacement of remote access solution and migration to local desktop applications.
o Continued increased demand and reliance on ICT support & technology - supporting hybrid working in addition to
providing an appointment service and walk-up Tech Bar service to deliver support in corporate environments.
 Defining backup strategy, managing storage and data growth during a period of budget pressure and increased Cyber threat.
 Increased revenue costs as organisations/suppliers move from a capital-based license model to revenue funded.
 Ensuring appropriate training for employees as new technology is deployed.
3. Strategic Assessment
The People and Technology management team completed a strategic assessment to determine the major influences on service
delivery and priorities in 2025/26. These are summarised below.
Key Factors
Financial Challenges
Page 37

Page 38

7
The entire public sector is continuing to face significant financial challenges due to a range of factors including inflationary cost
increases, pay awards not being fully funded by the Scottish Government and insufficient overall funding to support the delivery
of front line and back-office services. The Council are currently faced with an estimated cumulative funding gap in 2026/27 of
£9.24m rising to £42.77m by 2029/30. We will continue to monitor the overall financial position of the Council and updates on
estimated future budget gaps will be reported to Elected Members throughout 2025/26.
These challenges require further action to balance our budget and protect services for residents. Within People & Technology,
this means that available funding will be reduced over time, and we will need to reconfigure how we work, what we do, where we
work, and potentially reduce the number of people employed. In this context, we will aim to continue to provide a sustainable,
quality service to employees and our citizens.
Budget Sensitivity Analysis
Budget Sensitivity Analysis In reviewing the service budget projections, consideration has been given to sensitivity of these
budgets, in particular for higher risk/ higher value budgets which may have a significant impact on budgetary control and future
budget projections. The analysis has considered sensitivity around demand, costs and charges, and income levels.
Within People and Technology budgets identified as being more susceptible to fluctuations include ICT Computer Software, due
to technological updates, enhancements, security updates, integration, user base growth, regulatory compliance and inflation.
Transactional Support
Automation of Processes and Information Provision
Many employees across the Council are employed in manual processes and information provision, such as processing invoices
and updating transactional spreadsheets. Many such processes can be automated, providing benefits such as faster service
delivery, improved quality and greater flexibility, as well as enabling employees to refocus on more complex and meaningful
tasks rather than those that are repetitive and mundane. Progress will be reported within Resources Delivery plan.
Payroll
It is critical to ensure that employees are paid contractual and non-contractual payments accurately, in accordance with Terms
and Conditions of service, and in a timely manner. In 2025/26 we will continue to ensure compliance with all statutory
requirements and timelines. Annual actions include payroll audit and implementation of statutory payroll changes.
Page 38

Page 39

8
CAS Team Reductions
The savings options agreed to deliver the 2025/26 budget have resulted in a resource reduction in the Council’s Corporate
Administration Support (CAS) team. The CAS team carries out a wide range of administrative functions across all Council
services to ensure consistency. The reduction in resources will see cessation of payroll support tasks and Freedom of
Information (FOI) support for all areas, except Education where FOIs will continue to be distributed to services to complete the
processing and issue.
Outsource Print Room
The savings options agreed to deliver the 2025/26 budget require exploration of the outsourcing of all printing services. Currently
the Council has an in-house printing service for essential, non-avoidable print jobs. Under this proposal printing would be
outsourced which would deliver savings. Services requiring approved printing would send to the external printer via their devices
to be actioned. External printing and enveloping are already in place for Council Tax notices and the model has operated
successfully. This change will be effectively managed through careful planning, proactive measures, and the establishment of a
service level agreement (SLA). A procurement exercise would be undertaken before any final decision is made to progress
outsourcing of the Print Room.
ICT
Infrastructure and Technology
There remains a high paced programme of technology change across the council against a background of reduced budgets and
resources. A heightened threat of cyber-attacks is increasing pressure on local authorities and service delivery in a digital world
which is more reliant on technology year after year.
Therefore, it is critical to invest in modern, innovative and secure technology to ensure the council continues to focus on effective
use of technology to enhance service delivery and ensure citizens have access to key council services.
The council has invested heavily in Microsoft 365 cloud services and has made significant progress on associated projects
throughout 2024/25. Pilot service areas have been migrated to SharePoint and One Drive and the main deliverable in 2025/26 is
to implement the solutions for remaining council services. This technology replaces our long-standing use of on-premises
storage for managing council files and folders and will integrate with existing 365 services and improve collaboration from
anywhere and any device. In 2025/26 we will progress the next phase of Microsoft 365 implementation.
Cyber Security
Page 39

Page 40

9
With increased reliance on technology and digital platforms, local government has become more vulnerable to cyber threats.
Safeguarding sensitive council data and ensuring the integrity of our critical systems are paramount. The council has routinely
invested in robust cyber security measures and training to protect our data and employees. Building resilience in the face of
evolving threats is essential to ensure the smooth operation of council services and maintaining our citizen’s trust.
82% of employees indicated in the last year their Cyber awareness had increased due to ICT campaigns. The aim is to continue
with our campaigns and schedule additional in-person sessions to encourage awareness and discussion. The security team also
recently developed a dedicated Cyber intranet page for employees to visit and find guidance and information, this page will be
developed further in the coming year.  P&T has recently completed a new Cyber Incident Response Plan and this will be
exercised with Council senior leaders during 2025 via the Scottish Government. ICT are currently upgrading backup technology
and drafting a new data backup strategy, this will be finalised in the coming months.
To enhance our security posture and mitigate the threat of Cyber-attack, the Council have registered an interest in a national
procurement via Scotland Excel to consider a 24/7 managed Security Operations Centre (SOC). In 2025/26 we will further
secure the next phase of Council’s Technology Infrastructure.
Embracing Next Generation Technology
Next generation technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI), automation and advanced machine learning present significant
opportunities and the Council must accelerate adoption of these technologies. AI solutions such as CoPilot need to become an
integral part of everyday tools to provide employees with virtual assistants as resources reduce and workloads increase, it is
essential to be adventurous in automation and enable data technology to encourage a data driven strategy and culture.  ICT has
piloted an Artificial Intelligence Note Taking solution and this will be expanded to Council services during 2025. In addition,
further opportunities will be undertaken to explore AI and automate processes and drive efficiency.
Improving Bandwidth and Internet capacity
There is increased demand for data and bandwidth due to a surge in employees accessing cloud services such as MS Teams
video meetings, this demand will increase further in 2025 due to remaining Council services migrating to SharePoint and One
Drive. ICT has completed Phase 1 of a 2-year improvement project to transform the Council’s external network and ensure
council locations have fit for purpose bandwidth available. Phase 2 of the project is scheduled to be completed by July 25. This
project has improved the digital workplace experience for employees and assisted in enhancing teaching and learning across our
education establishments. An upgrade to the Councils external internet line is currently in planning and this improvement will
ensure that internet connectivity to the outside world is fit for future and secure as the Councils cloud strategy gathers pace. By
July 2025 ICT will complete phase 2 of the improvement project and deliver next phase of fit for purpose bandwidth capacity to
all council locations.
Page 40

Page 41

10
ICT Device Review Project
ICT will undertake the annual device review project for PCs, laptops, and mobile phones that are reaching end of life and or 5-
year refresh point as per the ICT Strategy 2023-28. In 2025/26 we will complete review of devices due to be replaced.
Information Communications and Technology (ICT) Team Reductions
The savings options agreed to deliver the 2025/26 budget have resulted in a resource reduction in the ICT team. ICT provides
centralised services across the Council and partnerships, including Health and Social Care Partnership, West Dunbartonshire
Leisure Trust and Valuation Joint Board. The service includes delivery and support of network infrastructure to provide access to
critical business systems such as finance, social care, housing, and desktop office applications such as MS Teams, email and
office 365 suite. In addition, ICT delivers and supports technology across all educational establishments. The reduction in
resources will see changes to the service delivery and response times. In 2025/26 we will Implement ICT revised team structure
and adjust service provision.
People and Change
Fit for Future Reviews (FfF)
In 2020, to support continuous improvement, the Council embarked on a programme of Fit for Future service reviews. Using a
range of tools that encapsulates service design and employee engagement, information is gathered and reviewed to identify
improvements and to ensure our services are efficient and that we make the best use of our resources. During 2024/25 we
reviewed the programme and identified some changes to ensure it continues to meet the service needs. During 2025/26, FfF will
support a programme of reviews across the services in conjunction with 365 to identify and support service savings initiatives.
Enhanced HR Support - Revised Team Structures
The ongoing rationalisation of resources and development of service efficiencies has resulted in many restructures and an
increased reliance on SHR. Focus and resources require to be directed to more reactive activities such as VS/VER, legislative
changes and the application and implementation of the HR people policies. During 2025/26 job profiles will be reviewed to
support efficiencies when service restructures are undertaken.
People & Change Team Restructure
Following agreement at the Council Meeting in March 2025, People & Change Services will progress a team restructure to
deliver savings. The People & Change team will reduce the number of posts and delivering compliance with the Council’s
Page 41

Page 42

11
Strategic Operating Model. In addition, there will be a reduction to the Organisational Development Team with employees being
realigned under one of the People and Change Partners. This will be delivered as part of a wider service review of the People
and Technology service. During 2025/26 we will Implement People & Change Team Restructure including reduction of
Organisational Development Team.
Improve The Employee Life Cycle
The employee life cycle is made up of 5 key steps. Step 1, the recruitment life cycle begins when a need for a post is identified
until the point where the preferred candidate is identified was reviewed in 23/24.  In 2024/25, Step 2 Onboarding, the process of
integrating new employees into the organisation and preparing them for their new roles and work environment, from the point of
being offered the post up to 1 year of being in the new role was reviewed and changes implemented to streamline, improve and
modernise supports for new employees. In 2025/26 we will implement the findings and initiate review of Step 3, development,
providing employee training to develop additional skills to help employees become more successful by reviewing the current
tools and participation to optimise employee development opportunities.    
Health & Safety
Continue to manage council risk and ensure sound Health & Safety practices are embedded. Achieving compliance with
legislative requirements in the management of asbestos. Working alongside the Fit for Future team in developing better ways of
working by utilising available online resources and different approaches to data management. The team will continue to target
the ongoing delivery of our annual H&S plan as, through this, we have identified the necessary priorities for our team to ensure
ongoing Council compliance with statutory requirements and best H&S practice.  Poor H&S practice creates significant risk for
the council both in terms of financial and reputational damage. Following saving initiatives there will be a revised team structure.
In 2025/26 we will review the H&S processes against the introduction of M365 to deliver a more streamlined approach to H&S
including efficiencies.
Transformation and Continuous Improvement
Digital Transformation
The People First Strategy is ensuring that we put people at the heart of our approach to digital transformation, this is supported
by a more cohesive and holistic plan involving learning, engagement, wellbeing and workforce planning. This ambitious plan will
ensure all aspects of the individual is considered as we progress with digital transformation from 2022-27.
Page 42

Page 43

12
To facilitate this, the service needs a joined-up approach to supporting digital transformation, growing employee skills and
working with citizens to adapt and change how services are delivered.  To do this, structures require to be reviewed, and
resources (financial and workforce) need to be identified to ensure plans and processes are in place alongside the ability to
constantly monitor progress on keeping pace with digital transformation and technology. 
The speed of technological advancement has been rapidly increasing and will continue to do so. This will impact employees,
citizens and services as the Council seeks to both capitalise and adapt to these. Additional support and upskilling have been
evident with the rapid deployment of MS Teams, and this will continue as the team support the rollout and maximisation of
M365/SharePoint.
Managing and maximising data usage and improving skills is key to ensuring employees and users understand benefits and
threats. If this is not continued it increases the potential for both reputational and financial risks. It will also impact decision
making and understanding on progressing improvement activity and planning for the same. In 2025/26 we will continue to build
good data practices/structures council-wide by maintaining looking to build on progress to date and enhancing our policies
supporting digital transformation such as a council data strategy. We will also continue to support development of the WMS to
aid wider process and digital transformation and continue to develop automations within transactional processes through
collaborative practice, service design and maximising digital practice, through the reviewed Fit for Future programme.
Technology is developing quickly and the Council needs to ensure that they keep pace in order to capitalise on the benefits this
brings to service improvement, costs and delivery. This must be looked at collaboratively with users and employees to ensure
understanding, best practice and skills required. In 2025/26 we will continue to progress our plan to mainstream digital
transformation across the council.
Business Resilience
Service Core Plans
The Civil Contingencies Officer has continued to support West Dunbartonshire’s resilience planning, and response arrangements
to ensure adequate officers are trained at all levels throughout the Council and HSCP to support the Council’s response to any
incident within West Dunbartonshire. Various plans have been developed and are reviewed annually, these assist with the
Councils readiness to respond to emergencies and other unplanned events. In 22025/26 we will continue to maintain and
manage the review process for Council & HSCP Core Plans.
Business Continuity
Page 43

Page 44

13
This includes managing the Council and HSCPs Business Continuity Plans (BCPs), this process is typically reviewed on an
annual basis or following an incident or an event to ensure they remain fit for purpose. All BCPs essentially feed into the
Strategic Business Continuity plan to provide reassurances to Chief Executive and Chief Officers that essential services have
been considered, and adequate risk measures are put in place to minimise disruption. In 2025/26 we will continue to Manage
and oversee the Business Continuity Process for the Council and HSCP.
Power Resilience
Power Resilience differs from Business Continuity Planning due to the complexities surrounding this risk. The aim of this work is
to provide a robust and tested framework for the Council’s Power Resilience arrangements to a National Electricity Transmission
System (NETS) failure incident. The purpose of this work is to provide confidence to the Chief Executive and Chief Officers that
service managers have considered this risk, applied mitigation measures and raised awareness across their service, especially
with employees.  In 2025/26 we will progress plans to determine what our essential services are and how we can continue to
deliver them, and at the same time prioritising those most at risk / vulnerable within our community. In 2025/26 we will continue
to develop the Council and HSCP response and power resilience arrangements.
Continuous Improvement
Continuous improvement is central to all that we do. The actions set out in this section as well as those at an operational level
not included in this Delivery Plan, demonstrate our commitment to continuous improvement and take account of the wider Best
Value focus on vision and leadership; governance and accountability; effective use of resources; partnerships and collaborative
working; working with communities; sustainability; and fairness and equality.
Action Plan
The challenges identified in Section 2 and the key factors identified in Section 3 have informed P&T priorities for 2025/26.
Appendix 1 sets out the action plan to address them. It also includes:
 performance indicators and targets that will enable progress to be monitored and reported to stakeholders
 strategic workforce actions to address workforce issues identified in the planning process; and
 strategic and/or service risks.
In relation to the latter, strategic risks represent the potential for the Council to take advantage of opportunities or fail to meet
stated strategic objectives and those that require strategic leadership. Service risks relate to service delivery and represent the
potential for impact on individual services, or the experience of those who work within the services, i.e. employees, partners,
Page 44

Page 45

14
contractors and volunteers or service users and clients in receipt of the services provided. In identifying the relevant risks for
2025/26 and actions to mitigate them, the aim is to improve or maintain the current position (i.e. the current risk score) set out in
the appendix.
4. Resources
Finance
People and Technology has a net revenue budget of £10.385m and a capital budget of £1.775m in 2025/26. A breakdown by
section is set out below. A significant amount of budget allocated to ICT covers centralised systems. We will make the best use
of the resources available to deliver on key priority areas and secure external/match funding where this is possible.
Service Area Gross Expenditure
2025/26 (£m)
Gross Income
2025/26 (£m)
Net Expenditure
2025/26 (£m)
Capital Budget
2025/26 (£m)
Transactional 0.911 -0.017 0.894 0.000
Strategic People & Change 1.902 -0.055 1.848 0.047
ICT 5.590 -0.527 5.063 1.728
Central Admin Support 2.602 -0.022 2.580 0.000
Total 11.006 -0.621 10.385 1.775
Employees
Employee Numbers
The headcount and full-time equivalent employees in each section (as of 31st March 2025) are as follows:
Service Area Headcount FTE
Business Support (Corporate Admin Support, HR & Payroll
Service Centre)
122 103.42
Page 45

Page 46

15
Absence in 2024/25
The quarterly absence statistics for People and Technology are shown below together with the Council average for the same
periods for comparison. The figures for People and Technology have been lower than the Council average throughout 2024/25.
Absence in 2024/25 Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Annual FTE days lost per FTE employee
P&T Service 0.99% 1.38% 0.77% 2.07% 3.22
COUNCIL WIDE TOTAL 6.51% 5.67% 7.04% 6.51% 14.33
People & Change (Strategic HR, H&S, Risk, Change, OD
& Digital)
38 32.39
ICT 56 52.94
TOTAL 216 188.75
Page 46

Page 47

16
Appendix 1: Action Plan
4. Our Council
Objective 10. Our workforce is resilient and skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents
Performance Indicator
2025/26
Target Owner
Percentage of ICT helpdesk incidents fixed with half day of being logged. 70% James Gallacher
% of our workforce who have declared a disability 2.2% Alison McBride
% of our workforce who have stated they are LGBT 2.5% Alison McBride
% of our workforce who are from a black minority ethnic group 1% Alison McBride
Disability pay gap 10% Alison McBride
The percentage of the highest paid 5% employees who are women 50% Alison McBride
Gender pay gap 3% Alison McBride
Percentage of Council employees who agree or strongly agree that in general, they feel valued in their role at
WDC
75% Alison McBride
% employee attendance improvement rate (teachers & local govt.) 1% Alison McBride
Page 47

Page 48

17
Action Due Date Owner
Further secure the next phase of the Council’s technology infrastructure 31 Mar 2026 James Gallacher
Deliver next phase of fit for purpose bandwidth capacity to all Council locations 31 Mar 2026 James Gallacher
Implement next phase of Microsoft 365 Sharepoint & One Drive 31 Mar 2026 James Gallacher
Complete review of devices due to be replaced 31 Mar 2026 James Gallacher
Review and explore next generation technologies 31 Mar 2026 James Gallacher
Maintain and manage the review process for Council & HSCP Core Plans 31 Mar 2026 Scot McFarlane
Manage and oversee the Business Continuity Process for the Council and HSCP 31 Mar 2026 Scot McFarlane
Continue to develop the Council and HSCP response and power resilience arrangements 31 Mar 2026 Scot McFarlane
Progress the plan to mainstream digital transformation across the council 31 Mar 2026 Alison McBride
Workforce Planning: Develop and implement wellbeing, employee engagement, equality and learning and
development plans to enable capabilities, improve resilience and promotion of a diverse workforce
31 Mar 2026
All Managers
Workforce Planning: Develop and implement employee life cycle plans in line with the People First Strategy
to attract and retain the workforce 31 Mar 2026 All Managers
Workforce Planning: Develop and implement learning and development opportunities to improve capabilities
and resilience within the workforce. 31 Mar 2026 All Managers
Workforce Planning: Implement service review process including role design, use of new technology and new
ways of working to add resilience, address gaps, and establish opportunities for efficiencies 31 Mar 2026 All Managers
Page 48

Page 49

18
Risk Description Current Assessment Target Assessment Owner
Workforce
Management System
not fit for purpose
There is a risk that the WMS system is not fit-for-purpose
thereby requiring manual workarounds restricting the
level of automation impacting on efficiencies
Arun Menon
Challenges in
protecting the Health
and Safety of
Employees and
Others
Failure to meet the Council’s duty to protect the health,
safety and welfare of its employees and other people
who might be affected by its business 
Alison McBride
Complexities in
ensuring an
appropriately
resourced and
resilient workforce
Failure to ensure that there is an appropriately resourced
and resilient workforce in place to meet future
organisational needs, in effectively executing the
Council’s 2022-27 Strategic Plan. 
Alison McBride
Threat of Cyber-attack
Data, systems and/or infrastructure are impacted as
result of security attacks which are increasing in number
at a time when this threat is already placing demands on
resources to deliver increased levels of security controls.
James Gallacher
Objective 11. Our Council is adaptable and focused on delivering best value for our residents
Action Due Date Owner
Implement statutory payroll changes 31 Mar 2026 Arun Menon
Page 49

Page 50

19
Action Due Date Owner
Undertake annual payroll audit 31 Mar 2026 Arun Menon
Implement CAS team reduction and adjust service provision 31 Mar 2026 Arun Menon
Progress outsourcing of Print Room 31 Mar 2026 Arun Menon
Implement the Fit for Future programme of reviews. 31 Mar 2026 Alison McBride
Continue to embed key Health and Safety practices. 31 Mar 2026 Alison McBride
Improve employee life cycle and optimise employee development opportunities 31 Mar 2026 Alison McBride
Implement People & Change Team Restructure including reduction of Organisational Development Team 31 Mar 2026 Alison McBride
Undertake a strategic review of job profiles across the Council 31 Mar 2026 Alison McBride
Implement ICT revised team structure and adjust service provision 31 Mar 2026 James Gallagher
Risk Description Current Assessment Target Assessment Owner
Keeping abreast of
developments in the
innovative use of
Information
Technologies
Failure to keep pace with changing technology
environment  James Gallacher
Page 50

Page 51

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL 
Report by Chief Officer - Regulatory & Regeneration 
Committee: Corporate Services Committee 21 May 2025 
Subject: Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan 2024/25 - Year-end Progress
& Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan 2025/26 
1 Purpose 
1.1 This report sets out the year-end progress of the 2024/25 Delivery Plan and
presents the new Delivery Plan for 2025/26. 
2 Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that Committee notes the progress achieved at year-end
and the new Plan for 2025/26. 
3 Background 
3.1 In line with the Strategic Planning & Performance Framework, each Chief
Officer develops an annual Delivery Plan which sets out actions to help deliver
the Strategic Plan and address the performance challenges and service
priorities identified in the planning process. The Plan also provides an
overview of services and resources, including employees and budgets, sets
out the performance indicators (PIs) for monitoring progress and considers the
relevant risks. 
3.2 In the last few months of 2024/25, several services and teams across the
Council were realigned to other Chief Officer areas. For consistency and
transparency, the year-end progress reports reflect the content of the 2024/25
delivery plans reported to the relevant committees at the beginning of that
year, with none of the organisational changes that took place in-year included.
Those changes are, however, reflected in the new delivery plans for 2025/26. 
4 Main Issues 
2024/25 Year-end Progress 
4.1 The 2024/25 Delivery Plan was presented to Corporate Services Committee
on 22 May 2024 and mid-year progress reported on 6 November 2024. 
4.2 Full details of year-end progress are set out in Appendix 1. 
4.3 The progress of the Plan’s 28 actions is summarised below: 
Progress No. (%) 
Completed 21 (75%) 
Overdue 7 (25%)
ITEM 9
Page 51

Page 52

4.4 Overdue actions relate to the following and will be carried forward and
completed in 2025/26:
• Scope out the next phase of the Shaping Places for Wellbeing Programme
and how the health and wellbeing and reduction of inequalities outcomes
can be taken forward - 15% complete.
• Ensure regeneration sites are progressed to enable high quality
development to be achieved on the ground - 80% complete
• Monitor the development of the key regeneration sites to ensure they
comply with the approved consent - 75% complete
• Support town centre revitalisation - 75% complete
• Continue to develop the 20-minute mapping tool for use at both local and
regional levels - 75% complete
• Prepare a robust evidence report for submission for Gatecheck to Scottish
Government Planning and Environmental Appeals Division - 50%
complete
• Implement service review process including role design, use of new
technology, and new ways of working to add resilience, address gaps, and
establish opportunities for efficiencies - 90% complete 
4.5 Year-end data is available for 12 of the Plan’s 23 PIs. The performance of
those PIs is summarised below: 
Performance Against Target No. (%) 
Target met or exceeded 8 (67%) 
Target narrowly missed 1 (8%) 
Target significantly missed 3 (25%)
Performance Over Time No. (%) 
Improved over short term (or maintained a high
level of performance)
5 of 12
(42%) 
Improved over longer term (or maintained a high
level of performance)
7 of 12
(58%) 
4.6 Targets that were significantly missed relate to the following PIs: 
• Planning Applications (Major Developments - Without Processing
Agreement): Average number of weeks to decision - 20.3 weeks against a
target of 16.
• Planning Applications (Other Locals): Average number of weeks to
decision - 14.1 weeks against a target of 12.
• Percentage of contract award notices published within 30 calendar days
from award letter being sent - 78% against a target of 100%. 
4.7 The full set of PIs will be reported through the Council’s annual performance
reporting process once all data becomes available. 
2025/26 Delivery Plan 
4.8 The 2025/26 Delivery Plan is set out at Appendix 2.
Page 52

Page 53

4.9 Key priorities include:
• delivering sustainable, quality services within the context of significant
financial challenges
• delivering key regeneration sites across West Dunbartonshire
• promoting the next phase of Queens Quay Housing
• exploring commercial opportunities and supporting business recovery and
town centre revitalisation
• monitoring and reporting the Climate Change Action Plan
• developing the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy Delivery Plan
• developing Community Planning
• contributing to the Community Learning and Development Plan
• concluding the Cash First Project
• implementing the requirements of the Scottish Elections (Representation
and Reform) Bill
• planning for the Scottish Parliamentary Elections for the Dumbarton and
Clydebank and Milngavie Constituencies
• conducting an interim review of the Polling Scheme in West
Dunbartonshire
• preparing a succession plan to recruit and replace the Manager of
Democratic and Registration Services post
• providing legal support to Council services across a range of projects and
providing legal services to the Council and West Dunbartonshire Energy
LLP in relation to heat supply agreements and network supply contracts
• reviewing processes and procedures within Legal Services’ Commercial &
Place and Citizen & Regulatory teams
• implementing the requirements of the Digital Markets, Competition and
Consumers Act 2024
• supporting and advising businesses in relation to the new Tobacco &
Vapes Bill 2024
• developing the 20-minute mapping tool for use at both local and regional
levels
• progressing the Local Development Plan 3
• promoting and supporting communities in the preparation of Local Place
Plans
• developing a plan to ensure compliance with the new Building Standards
Regulations
• progressing the new document management system for Planning and
Building Standards 
• reviewing workstreams and procedures within Environmental Health
• reviewing the planning pre-application process
• working with steering group partners to support Historic Environment
Scotland to finalise a new Antonine Wall Management Plan
• providing procurement advice, guidance and support 
• implementing the next phase of the Fit for Future Procurement
Improvement Plan 
4.10 Implementation of the Plan will be monitored by the management team with
mid-year and year-end progress reported to Corporate Services Committee
Page 53

Page 54

and Infrastructure, Regeneration and Economic Development Committee
(economic development elements only) around November 2025 and May
2026 respectively. 
5 People Implications 
5.1 There are no direct people implications arising from this report. 
6 Financial & Procurement Implications 
6.1  There are no direct financial or procurement implications arising from this
report. 
7 Risk Analysis 
7.1 Failure to deliver on the actions assigned to Regulatory & Regeneration may
have a direct impact on the delivery of the Council’s Strategic Plan. It is
essential that remedial action is taken to ensure strategic delivery plans
achieve the commitments detailed. 
8 Equalities Impact Assessment 
8.1 Screening and impact assessments will be carried out on specific activities as
required. 
9 Consultation 
9.1  The delivery plans were developed through consultation with officers from the
strategic service areas. 
10 Strategic Assessment 
10.1  The delivery plans set out actions to support the successful delivery of the
strategic priorities and objectives of the Council. 
Chief Officer: Alan Douglas
Service Area:  Regulatory & Regeneration
Date:   24 April 2025
_____________________________________________________________ 
Person to Contact:  Lynn Henderson    
lynn.henderson@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Page 54

Page 55

Appendices:  Appendix 1: Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan
2024/25 - Year-end Progress 
Appendix 2: Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan
2025/26 
Background Papers: Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan 2024/25 -
Corporate Services Committee, 22 May 2024 
Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan 2024/25 Mid-
year Progress - Corporate Services Committee, 6
November 2024 
Strategic Planning & Performance Framework 2022/27   
Wards Affected: All
Page 55

Page 56

Page 56

Page 57

1
Appendix 1: Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan 2024/25 - Year-end Progress
1. Our communities
Our residents’ health and wellbeing remains a priority
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of air quality
monitoring stations complying with
the national objective for nitrogen
dioxide at the nearest building
façades of residential properties,
schools, hospitals and care homes
(40ug/m3 NO2)
100% 100% 100%
Target met with all monitoring
stations complying with the
national objective. 
Mark Walsh
Percentage of highest priority pest
control service requests responded
to within 2 working days
97% 95% 2024/25 data not yet available. Eilidh Paton
Total annual redress won for
consumers by Trading Standards
Group
£41,062
N/A as
data only
PI
2024/25 data not yet available. Annemarie
Clelland
Food Law: Percentage of food
businesses in the highest risk
category (1 to 6 monthly
inspections by Food & Business
Group) that were inspected on
time
96% 100% 2024/25 data not yet available. Eilidh Paton
Page 57

Page 58

2
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Food Law: Percentage of food
businesses in the high-risk
category (12 monthly inspections
by Food & Business Group) that
were inspected on time
79% 70% 2024/25 data not yet available. Eilidh Paton
Number of reports of bogus/cold
callers 39
N/A as
data only
PI
2024/25 data not yet available. Annemarie
Clelland
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Identify premises which sell
Vapes to underage children and
conduct integrity testing where
required
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. We met our Scottish
Government target to carry out underage sales visits to
10% of premises registered to sell Nicotine Vapour
Products. We will continue to prioritise this work in
2025/26 if intelligence shows that this remains an issue.
Annemarie
Clelland
Undertake proactive weights
and measures work in a variety
of retail premises, with a specific
focus on everyday food and
necessities such as heating fuel
and petroleum
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Officers completed weights and
measures checks in a variety of different premises
focusing on everyday food and necessities, including
fuel. This continues to be an important area of work with
a Society of Chief Officers of Trading Standards in
Scotland led project confirming that 15% of all solid fuel
tested weighed less than the declared weight.
Annemarie
Clelland
Scope out the next phase of the
Shaping Places for Wellbeing
Programme and how the health
and wellbeing and reduction of
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. Progress was impacted by vacancies within
the service, resulting in the prioritisation of other work.
Vacancies have now been filled including the Principal
Officer Development Planning and Place and this action
Michael
Mulgrew
Page 58

Page 59

3
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
inequalities outcomes can be
taken forward
will be carried into the general service work plan for
2025/26.
2. Our Environment
Our local environment is protected, enhanced and valued
2023/24 2024/25 Owner
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note
Air Quality: PM10 Concentration 9.1 9.4 18
The year-end value is well within
the national target of 18ug
(micrograms). 
Mark Walsh
Our resources are used in an environmentally sustainable way
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Tonnage of carbon dioxide
emissions from Council operations
and assets
19,342
Work to confirm the 2023/24 value
is on-going, delayed due to
vacancies and resourcing
challenges. Data for 2024/25 will
be available in November when all
utilities bills and waste figures are
validated in advance of preparing
our annual mandatory climate
change report for submission to
Scottish Government. 
Elaine
Troup
Page 59

Page 60

4
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Co-ordinate, monitor and report
the progress of the Council’s
Climate Change Action Plan for
2024/25
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. The Climate Change Action Plan
has been completed for 2024/25 and new actions
developed for the 2025/26 Plan. 
Elaine
Troup
Develop a Local Heat and
Energy Efficiency Strategy and
Delivery Plan
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Public consultation on the draft
strategy closed in June 2024. The strategy, with outline
delivery plan, was published at the end of September
2024. Work is ongoing to develop a detailed delivery
plan, with publication due mid-2025. 
Elaine
Troup
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Inability to
reduce carbon
footprint in line
with targets
The risk that the Council will be
unable to achieve net zero
emissions by 2045, both in relation
to mitigating carbon emissions and
adapting to the impacts of climate
change. Net zero refers to
achieving an overall balance
between emissions produced and
emissions taken out of the
atmosphere. This target has been
developed in a way that mirrors the
emission reduction trajectory set
by the Scottish Government in light
of the Climate Emergency.
08-Apr-
2025
The risk of not delivering carbon
emissions targets remains
moderate. Progress is being
made through the delivery of the
Climate Change Action Plan;
however, pace of delivery has
been, and will continue to be,
impeded due to lack of internal
resource and additional funding
to deliver. This risk will be
reviewed again once the Scottish
Government publishes the
revised net-zero targets.
Elaine
Troup
Page 60

Page 61

5
Our neighbourhoods are sustainable and attractive
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of private landlord
applications administered and
processed within 21 days
99% 98% 95% Target exceeded. Mark Walsh
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Promote the next phase of
Queens Quay Housing
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. The Council continues to meet
the owner and agent to progress opportunities for future
housing development at Queens Quay. Under the terms
of the Joint Venture agreement, the owner and agent of
Queens Quay are responsible for the commercial
discussions on future housing development. The
challenges faced at the site have also been raised with
senior officials at the Scottish Government. 
Elaine
Troup
3. Our Economy
Our area has the infrastructure for sustainable and inclusive growth where businesses can flourish
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Number of businesses given
advice and assistance to start up
through Business Gateway
200 190 180
190 clients were assisted to start-
up a new business, exceeding the
target of 180 set for the year.
Gillian
Scholes
Page 61

Page 62

6
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of procurement spent
on local small/medium-sized
enterprises and SMEs who have a
presence in West Dunbartonshire
48% 36% 2024/25 data not yet available. Iain Skene
Number of business gateway start-
ups per 10,000 population 22.54 21.41 19.78
There were 21.41 business
gateway start-ups per 10,000
population, exceeding the target of
19.78 set for the year.
Gillian
Scholes
Proportion of properties receiving
superfast broadband 99.3% 99%
2024/25 data for this LGBF
indicator will be available in
December 2025 following
publication by the Improvement
Service. Based on the most recent
LGBF comparative data for the
previous year (2023/24),
performance at 99.3% was better
than the Scottish average of
95.9% with a ranking of 1st of 32
local authorities, consistent with
previous year. 
Gillian
Scholes
Immediately available employment
land as a percentage of total land
allocated for employment purposes
43.8 40 2024/25 data not yet available. Michael
Mulgrew
Page 62

Page 63

7
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Implement, monitor and report
the progress of the Economic
Development Strategy
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. The Economic Development
Strategy annual update was reported to Infrastructure,
Regeneration & Economic Development Committee in
November 2024. This Strategy covers the period
2022/27 and will continue in the coming year.
Elaine
Troup
Deliver key regeneration sites
across West Dunbartonshire
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Work has progressed on the key
regeneration sites across the Council area that include
the three town centres, and the strategic sites of Queens
Quay, Exxon and the Carless site. Milestones relating to
the Scottish Marine Technology Park, Exxon
Infrastructure Project and our three town centres have
been successfully completed. This is a multi-year action
that will continue into 2025/26.
Elaine
Troup
Ensure regeneration sites are
progressed to enable high
quality development to be
achieved on the ground
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. While this remains a priority, progress was
impacted by vacancies within the service. A
Development Planning and Place Principal Officer was
appointed in April 2025 and recruitment for a Lead
Planner has been successful. Both posts will support the
delivery of this action in 2025/26. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Monitor the development of the
key regeneration sites to ensure
they comply with the approved
consent
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. Progress was impacted by vacancies within
the service, resulting in the prioritisation of other work.
Recruitment within the planning teams is underway
which will support the delivery of the key sites and a
monitoring regime to be undertaken in the coming year. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Explore commercial
opportunities in our town
centres and wider regeneration
sites
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. The Planning Permission in
Principle application for the Artizan redevelopment
masterplan in Dumbarton was submitted to the Council
in July 2024. This very complex application has taken
significant time to process and will be considered by the
Magda
Swider
Page 63

Page 64

8
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Council later in 2025. The Long-Term Plan and the
accompanying 3 Year Investment Plan for Clydebank
were submitted to UK Government in October 2024.
Following the general election in 2024 the programme
has been reformed and renamed Plan for
Neighbourhoods. A Regeneration Plan (which will
replace the Long-term Plan and the Investment Plan) is
due to be submitted to the UK Government in
Spring/Summer 2025. 
Develop and implement
business support interventions
through the UK Shared
Prosperity Fund
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. UK Shared Prosperity Fund
interventions have been developed and widely promoted
through the Council website, social media, partner
organisations and directly to eligible businesses. The
Business Support team are continuing to promote the
grant support and appraise applications. 
Gillian
Scholes
Support town centre
revitalisation
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. We have made good progress with the
development of projects in Dumbarton and Alexandria,
including obtaining planning permission and appointing a
contractor for the Artizan redevelopment (Phase 1) and
appointing a design team for Mitchell Way project.
However, the Alexander Street project took longer than
anticipated due to prolonged consultations with
stakeholders. The tender process has been delayed, and
it is now expected that the contractor will be appointed in
summer 2025.
Magda
Swider
Page 64

Page 65

9
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Failure to
deliver Queens
Quay
Masterplan
Following completion of Council
investment there is a risk the
housing plot sales do not
materialise in the next 3-7 years,
with implications for the return
on investment and the business
case for the District Heating
Network.
14-Mar-
2025
Risk remains unchanged. Focus
continues on landowner agreeing
a housing proposal with a
potential developer. Delivery
embedded into workstreams to
promote development at site. 
Michael
Mulgrew;
Elaine
Troup
Inability to meet
demands of
Council to
progress
regeneration
projects within
desired
timescales
The number and complexity of
regeneration projects is putting
considerable strain on the
resources available which can
be exacerbated by delays out
with the control of the service
and when pinch points on
different projects occur at
roughly the same time.
14-Mar-
2025
Risk remains unchanged.
Individual projects continue to
progress, reducing the likelihood
of undesirable outcomes.
Embedded into workstreams to
ensure sufficient resource to
support delivery of projects within
required timescales. 
Michael
McDougall;
Michael
Mulgrew;
Elaine
Troup
4. Our Council
Our workforce is resilient and skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Develop and implement wellbeing,
employee engagement, equality, and
learning and development plans to
enable capabilities, improve resilience
and promote a diverse workforce
31-Mar-
2025 Completed as planned. Alan
Douglas
Page 65

Page 66

10
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Develop and implement employee life
cycle plans in line with the People First
Strategy to attract and retain the
workforce
31-Mar-
2025 Completed as planned. Alan
Douglas
Implement service review process
including role design, use of new
technology, and new ways of working
to add resilience, address gaps, and
establish opportunities for efficiencies
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. A small number of actions were
incomplete at year-end and they will be carried
forward in the Workforce Plan and implemented in
2025/26.
Alan
Douglas
Develop and implement learning and
development plans and development
opportunities to improve capabilities
and resilience within the workforce
31-Mar-
2025 Completed as planned. Alan
Douglas
Our Council is adaptable and focused on delivering best value for our residents
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Planning Applications
(Major Developments -
Without Processing
Agreement): Average
number of weeks to
decision
15.5 20.3 16
While the target was missed, performance
was significantly better than the Scottish
average for Q1 and Q2 2024/25 of 32.6 and
35.2 weeks respectively (full year
comparative data is not yet available).
Vacancies throughout the 2024/25 period
impacted performance.
Michael
Mulgrew
Planning Applications
(Locals - Householder): 8.8 8.2 8
While the target was very narrowly missed,
performance improved over both the short
and long term. Performance was in line with
Michael
Mulgrew
Page 66

Page 67

11
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Average number of weeks
to decision
the Scottish average for Q1 and Q2
2024/25 of 7.9 and 8.7 weeks respectively
(full year comparative data is not yet
available). Vacancies throughout the
2024/25 period impacted performance.
Planning Applications
(Other Locals): Average
number of weeks to
decision
11.9 14.1 12
The target was missed with performance
below the Scottish average for Q1 and Q2
2024/25 of 11.1 and 11.9 weeks
respectively (full year comparative data is
not yet available). Vacancies throughout the
2024/25 period impacted performance
across all planning indicators with
performance expected to increase in
2025/26. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Percentage of contract
award notices published
within 30 calendar days
from award letter being sent
80.7% 78% 100%
The target was missed due to reduced staff
resources as well as factors out with the
Council’s control. These included delays in
returning contract documentation to the
Council and an extended standstill period
(i.e. time for suppliers to request further
feedback or any concerns around the
evaluation process). However, the year-end
value has continued to improve over the
longer term.
Iain Skene
Cash savings achieved from
procurement activity £589,843 £3,857,546 £400,000
Target exceeded. A significant saving was
due to a waste cooperation agreement with
Glasgow City Council.
Iain Skene
Page 67

Page 68

12
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of
Environmental Health
service requests from
citizens first responded to
within 2 working days
91% 90% 2024/25 data not yet available. Eilidh Paton
Percentage of building
warrant applications
responded to within 20
working days
94% 95% 2024/25 data not yet available. Judi
Ferguson
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Provide legal services to the
Council and West
Dunbartonshire Energy LLP in
relation to heat supply
agreements and network supply
contracts
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Legal services provided advice
to the Council and West Dunbartonshire Energy LLP in
relation to connecting a new client to the network. This
will be progressed in 2025/26. 
Michael
McDougall
Continue to provide high quality
and timely legal support across
all Council services
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Support has been provided to all
Council services as well as the Health & Social Care
Partnership and the Leisure Trust in relation to a number
of matters that contribute towards the Council's strategic
priorities as well protecting the Council's interests in a
range of matters. For example:
 supported the Council's Buy Back programme by
acting in residential conveyancing matters
 provided advice on the construction of nine housing
developments
Michael
McDougall
Page 68

Page 69

13
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
 settled the purchase of land from Esso at Bowling,
Dumbarton and five additional areas from various
parties to facilitate the progression of works
 supported regeneration at the Artisan Centre and
Glencairn House
Continue to develop the 20-
minute mapping tool for use at
both local and regional levels
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. Progress was impacted by vacancies within
the service. Three previously vacant posts including a
Geographical Information Systems Officer, Placemaking
Co-ordinator and Principal Officer Development Planning
and Place are now filled and all three posts will work
together in 2025/26 to take forward the development of
the 20-minute mapping tool. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Develop the Connecting the
Antonine Wall project (Phase 2)
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Various workstreams were
completed in the first half of the year, including a
community map and storytelling case study project.
However, a funding application to the National Heritage
Lottery Fund to support programmes to engage,
empower and build capacity with communities, improve
wellbeing and improve access to the wall was
unsuccessful and therefore the project will end in
September 2025. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Prepare a robust evidence
report for submission for
Gatecheck to Scottish
Government Planning and
Environmental Appeals Division
31-Mar-
2025
Overdue. Work has commenced on this workstream and
is continuing to meet a revised deadline of Q2 2025/26 in
line with an updated Development Plan Scheme agreed
by the Planning Committee in December 2024. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Promote and support
communities in the preparation
of Local Place Plans
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. The service has continued to
promote, support and work with communities in relation
to Local Place Plans. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Page 69

Page 70

14
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Develop a plan to ensure
compliance with the Building
Standards Service is
implemented
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Work progressed as far as
possible in 2024/25. As it is tied to a national review of
Building Standards Operating and Performance
Frameworks by the Scottish Government, further
development in the coming year will progress in line with
that. 
Michael
Mulgrew
Provide procurement advice,
guidance and support on non-
complex procurement for low
contractual risk projects
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Support provided to service
areas as and when required. Iain Skene
Continue to implement the key
deliverables from the
Procurement Improvement Plan
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. We produced guidance for
services on direct awards over £50K, made
improvements to on-line guidance and forms and
reviewed opportunities as part of the contract strategy/
tender in relation to the growth of suppliers through the
electronic e-invoicing platform. 
Iain Skene
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Failure to monitor
and enforce
regulatory areas
with public risk
The Council fails to comply
with statutory regulatory
duties in respect of
environmental health,
trading standards and
licensing laws
02-Apr-
2025
The risk assessment remains
unchanged and low due to
mitigating actions.
Licensing Standards Officers
continue to engage in a pro-
active programme of inspections.
Reactive work is driven by
complaints and applications
received. They also engage with
Annemarie
Clelland;
Michael
McDougall;
Eilidh Paton
Page 70

Page 71

15
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
SOLAR, Licensing Forum and
other bodies to assist with
horizon scanning to identify
emerging issues.
Within Trading Standards, low
staffing numbers and competing
priorities continue to put pressure
on the service. Where possible,
our high-risk routine inspections
continue as well as our reactive
work into complaints and
intelligence received but other
areas of proactive work prove
difficult to complete. This will be
exacerbated in 2025/26 when our
staff resources reduce further by
a quarter.
Within Environmental Health low
staffing numbers and competing
priorities continue to put pressure
on the service. All statutory work
is being prioritised but continuing
reduced resources will likely
impact in 2025/26. 
Page 71

Page 72

16
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Income for services
continues to be
dramatically
reduced as a result
of the COVID-19
pandemic and
subsequent cost of
living crisis.
Relates to registration,
licensing, planning and
building control which have
been impacted as a result of
the COVID-19 pandemic
and the cost-of-living crisis.
10-Apr-
2025
The outturn for both Building
Standards and Licensing was
below target. This was in part
compensated by a slightly higher
than targeted planning income
figure. A review is underway to
ascertain any underlying trends
and to adjust targets and
expectations accordingly. 
Alan
Douglas
Failure to
adequately respond
to an emergency
situation such as a
multiple fatality
workplace accident,
outbreak of food
borne
communicable
disease, a major
public health
incident or
pandemic
There is a national shortage
of qualified staff in
Environmental Health
across Scotland. This
impacts on West
Dunbartonshire Council.
Vacancy levels at WDC
might impact on our ability to
respond to emergencies.
03-Apr-
2025
The likelihood has increased
since mid-year due to a reduction
in staff resources as a result of
budget savings and difficulty
recruiting qualified Environment
Health Officers. Management and
team responsibilities have
significantly increased as a result
of service restructure. 
Eilidh Paton
Inability to recruit
successfully to
enable performance
to be maintained
There is a current issue with
recruitment of qualified staff
in various parts of the
service.
02-Apr-
2025
Whilst there has been some
successful recruitment within
planning, there remains an
overall risk due to the number of
vacancies within Building
Standards and Environmental
Health.
Michael
Mulgrew;
Eilidh Paton
Page 72

Page 73

17
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Failure to secure
best value of
procurement spend
and ensure
compliance with
financial regulations
Improved procurement
management process,
contract strategies,
planning, monitoring and
reporting in collaboration
with services will continue to
mitigate against non-
compliant procurement
spend
24-Mar-
2025
There are a number of actions
and strategies in place to deliver
best value in procurement.
However, the transfer of low
complexity procurement to
service areas when utilising a
framework agreement may be
increasing the risk. The risk
assessment therefore remains
high. Further training and
guidance for services has been
agreed which should mitigate this
risk further. We will continue to
review. 
Iain Skene
Failure to continue
to achieve
increased savings
from procurement
activity
As second or third
generation revenue
contracts seldom deliver the
same cost savings as first
generation, the contract
strategies need to focus on
governance, operating
models, total cost of
ownership, service quality
and innovation
24-Mar-
2025
Reduction in staff due to previous
Council measures to address the
budget gap and global supply
chain issues that impact directly
on price means that risks to
savings will increase. There are
also a number of market factors
which are difficult to mitigate -
increases to employers’ national
insurance, fuel prices remaining
high (despite reducing recently)
and potential impact of climate
change.
Iain Skene
Page 73

Page 74

18
Our residents are engaged and empowered
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of Council and
Committee minutes produced
within 3 clear working days of the
meeting
100% 100% 98% All Council and committee minutes
met the timescale.
Carol-Ann
Burns
Percentage of committee
agendas published within
standing order timescales
100% 100% 99%
All committee agendas were
published within standing order
timescales.
Carol-Ann
Burns
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Implement the various
requirements of the Elections
Act 2022 in time for the UK
parliamentary Elections in 2024
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. All requirements of the Elections
Act 2022 were completed in time for the election. 
George
Hawthorn
Organise and implement the UK
General Election for the new
West Dunbartonshire
Constituency
31-Mar-
2025
Completed as planned. Election organised and
implemented successfully. 
George
Hawthorn
Action Status
Overdue
Completed
Page 74

Page 75

19
PI Status
Target significantly missed
Target narrowly missed
Target met or exceeded
Risk Status
Alert
Warning
OK
Long Term Trends
Improving
No change
Declining
Short Term Trends
Improving
No change
Declining
Page 75

Page 76

2025/26
REGULATORY &
REGENERATION
Appendix 2: Regulatory & Regeneration Delivery Plan 2025/26
Page 76

Page 77

2
Contents
1. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................................................2
2. Performance Review...................................................................................................................................................................2
3. Strategic Assessment..................................................................................................................................................................8
4. Resources.................................................................................................................................................................................22
Appendix 1: Action Plan.......................................................................................................................................................................24
Page 77

Page 78

3
1. Introduction
Regulatory & Regeneration comprises a wide range of services covering legal, trading standards, licensing, records management,
planning, building standards, environmental health, democratic and registration services, economic development, community
planning and procurement. It is one of seven strategic areas responsible for delivering the Council’s Strategic Plan. Key actions to
help achieve that are set out in this Delivery Plan, together with actions to address any performance issues and service priorities
identified in the planning process.
The progress of this Plan will be monitored and managed by the management team and reported to Corporate Services Committee
and Infrastructure, Regeneration & Economic Development Committee (economic development elements only) twice yearly, at mid-
year and year-end.
2. Performance Review
The management team completed a detailed review of 2024/25 performance, focusing on the following:
 2024/25 Delivery Plan year end progress;
 Local Government Benchmarking Framework comparative performance;
 National Planning Improvement Framework;
 Citizens’ Panel feedback;
 Telephone Survey feedback; and
 Complaints.
This review highlighted our key achievements and challenges in 2024/25. These are summarised below.
Key Achievements in 2024/25
Listed below are some of the major achievements in each service area that were particularly challenging or unusual.  All services
achieve many other fantastic outcomes for the Council and its residents throughout the year which are not recorded here but are
often as important.
Page 78

Page 79

4
Cross Service
 Settled the purchase of land from Esso at Bowling, Dumbarton along with five additional areas from various parties and
concluded the construction delivery contract with Balfour Beatty for the infrastructure at the Exxon site allowing commencement
of the Exxon Transport Infrastructure and Platform Development project.
 Commenced Phase 1 of the Artizan Redevelopment Project as part of the wider regeneration of Dumbarton Town Centre.
 Concluded the Net Zero Collaboration agreement with Glasgow City Council, the first of its kind in Scotland, which will help the
Council meet it’s net zero target.
Democratic & Registration Services
 Successfully planned and delivered two local government by-elections, a snap UK Parliamentary Election and the Business
Improvement District Ballot in Alexandria.
Legal Services & Trading Standards
 Successfully undertook tobacco enforcement work, removing illicit tobacco from a retailer and imposing financial penalties on
another. In undertaking this work, we worked with partner agencies such as Police Scotland and His Majesty’s Revenue &
Customs.
 Revised and updated the Licensing Board’s Statement of Principles in relation to its gambling functions.
 Successfully negotiated consultancy and technical adviser contracts and construction contracts for the regeneration works at
Artizan Centre and Glencairn House.
 Acted for the Council in residential conveyancing matters to secure the purchase of 30 residential properties to supplement the
Council’s housing stock through our Buy Back scheme.
 Concluded the sale of the site at Playdrome, Clydebank for £1.5 million.
Planning, Building Standards & Environmental Health
 Appointed a new Planning, Building Standards and Environmental Manager (Chief Planning Officer) in August 2024.
 Appointed other key vacancies, including Principal Officer Environmental Health, Principal Officer Development Planning and
Place, Placemaking Co-Ordinator and Geographical Information Systems Officer. Recruitment is also underway in relation to
vacancies across all service teams.
 Secured a place on the University of West of Scotland Planning Course for a Technical Support Officer to upskill to a Trainee
Planner.
Page 79

Page 80

5
 Completed the Antonine Wall access and interpretation audit and installed Antonine Wall interpretation and orientation signage
(new and replacement of old signs).
 Secured funding to progress with a new case management system for planning and building standards.
 Environmental Health, along with landowner and private sector partners achieved a highly commended award in the Best
Project Preparatory Award category at the 2024 Brownfield Awards Ceremony. This award recognised the collaborative and
transparent approach of all parties throughout the Remediation Phase of the ESSO Bowling project highlighting the importance
of the regulators as active stakeholders.
 Provided Environmental Health input to enable housing development at Clydebank East as well as preparatory and enabling
works to other key development sites such as the former Playdrome and Our Lady and St Patricks High School sites.
 The Development Planning Team commenced the preparation of the next Local Development Plan, with Evidence Report work
underway. Alongside this work, Local Place Plan support to communities has been enhanced by the development of an easy to
read “How to guide” in conjunction with Planning Aid Scotland.
Economic Development and Regeneration
 With support from the Council, the Malin Group and Strathclyde University, were short-listed for a potential £20m for the
Scottish Marine Technology Park from the City Region’s Advanced Manufacturing and Precision Engineering Investment Zone.
 Contributed to numerous strands of the UK Shared Prosperity Fund delivery including providing support to more than 180 new
business start-ups and delivering a range of business growth interventions and successfully delivering a series of community
soup events to increase local democracy. 
 Successfully delivered Community Budgeting Phase 7 and a programme of Community Soup events to support increased local
democracy as part of Community and Place project funded by UK Shared Prosperity.
 Developed the Scottish Government funded Cash First approach across West Dunbartonshire in partnership with Working4U.
 Undertook stage 1 consultation to support consideration of a potential Visitor Levy across West Dunbartonshire.
 Secured planning permission for Phase 1 of the Artizan redevelopment works in Dumbarton and appointed the main contractor,
with works starting on site in Spring 2025.
 Established the multi-agency Clydebank Town Board which, following extensive consultation and engagement, produced the
Long-Term Plan and 3 Year Investment Plan to secure £20m Long Term Plan for Towns funding from UK Government.
 Supported Alexandria traders to establish the Business Improvement District
 Collaborated with Loch Lomond and Trossachs National Park and undertook community and stakeholder engagement on
Balloch Pierhead Action Plan.
 Consulted on and developed Alexander Street improvements which is the next phase of Alexandria Masterplan projects. 
Page 80

Page 81

6
 Delivered 27 no shopfront grants using Shared Prosperity Fund contributing to improved aesthetics and vibrancy of West
Dunbartonshire’s Town Centres.
 Published the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy.
 Recognised through the Community Learning and Development inspection for the approach taken to delivering the community
transport provision in collaboration with West Dunbartonshire Community Transport.
 Successfully implemented a refreshed approach to Community Planning aimed at increasing community participation.
Procurement
 Supported service led procurement following previous changes to team structure as a result of Council wide efficiencies.
 Delivered strategic contracts including:
o redevelopment and major refurbishment of Glencairn House
o specialist roofing repairs, maintenance and renewal
o construction of new housing at Willox Park
o delivery of phase 1 works for the Artizan redevelopment
o provision of CCTV network upgrade
o provision of 5 multi use vehicle 18 tonne
o provision of a digital upgrade of the Community Alarm System
o provision of residential housing support services for homeless households
o provision of multi-functional devices for onsite staff printing
 Collaborated with partners and suppliers to continue to improve sustainability and deliver local, social and community benefits
resulting in (as at end of Q3)
o £75,193 donated to local community projects (£65,160 in cash and £10,033 in materials)
o 10 work experience posts (10 work experience weeks for four different individuals)
o 31 presentations delivered (28 to community groups and schools and 3 to Council staff)
o 11 full time employment posts being filled.
Key Challenges in 2024/25
Cross Service
 The national skills shortage of qualified and experienced officers in Planning, Environmental Health, Trading Standards and
Building Standards continued in 2024/25, resulting in reduced staff complements across many services and increased demands
on existing and inexperienced staff. This is a challenge experienced by most local authorities and has resulted in alternative
Page 81

Page 82

7
service delivery models, including the use of agency staff and initiatives being led at a national level such as Future Planners
Project and Building Standards hub. A new Regulatory apprenticeship is being developed and may provide opportunities in the
future.
Democratic & Registration Services
 It was a very challenging year for the election team due to the introduction and training of several new team members in a year
with multiple elections, some of which crossed over each other, making the task even more difficult for those new members to
manage.
 Changes to the political structure of the Council and memberships of committees, working groups and outside bodes, was
challenging for the Democratic Services Team while covering vacancies and supporting the elections.
Legal Services & Trading Standards
 Increased requirement for specialist construction contracts associated with infrastructure and regeneration priorities impacted
on the Commercial & Place Section’s workload, changing the skills dynamic required to meet client requirements.
 Recruitment of solicitors has been challenging with a lack of applicants for both permanent and temporary positions in both the
Commercial & Place and Citizen & Regulatory Sections. This has an adverse impact on service delivery.
 The Trading Standards service workforce, both nationally and in West Dunbartonshire Council, is ageing with low numbers of
people entering the profession. This presents a challenge in making sure the service is resilient. Work is underway to identify
where work can be done in conjuncture with other regulatory services and identify relevant training opportunities.
Planning, Building Standards & Environmental Health
 The introduction of a new development planning system under the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019 brought substantial challenges in
terms of new procedures and a requirement to ensure that all applicants were familiar and compliant with the changes.
 High numbers of vacancies across all teams within the service for a substantial portion of the reporting period posed a
significant challenge in terms of workload. It was particularly difficulty to attract Environmental Health Officers when posts were
advertised.
 The current case management system for Planning and Building standards resulted in increased pressures on the service with
workarounds and manual processes required. This added pressure to consultees such as Environmental Health, which had a
knock-on effect on application performance.
 The future of the Antonine Wall project faced uncertainty due to unsuccessful funding applications ultimately resulting in a
decision by the multi-authority Steering Group to wind the project up.
 Increased demands of monitoring within Building Standards as part of the new compliance regime.
Page 82

Page 83

8
Economic Development and Regeneration
 Delivering private sector homes at Queens Quay continued to be a challenge in 2024/25 but we meet with our commercial
partner regularly to monitor and encourage development interest.
 Businesses continued to face many economic challenges in 2024/25, including energy costs and employee recruitment and
retention. The business interventions developed through the UK Shared Prosperity Fund and the on-going advice and support
available through Business Gateway will continue to provide assistance to help them recover and grow in the year ahead.
 Uncertainty on future funding programmes due to Scottish Government pausing several of their capital funding programmes,
including Place Based Investment Fund and Vacant and Derelict Land Fund.
 Towns Fund in Clydebank has been delayed until 2026/27 which will make it challenging to keep the momentum and
engagement alive through 2025/26.
 Resourcing the operation and further development of the District Heating Centre remains very challenging due to inability to
attract a lead officer, and due to Council staff turnover and capacity within the Climate Change team.
 Despite carbon emissions for 2022/23 showing a reduction from 2021/22, it is becoming increasingly difficult to achieve the
targets as outlined in our Climate Change Strategy. To ensure Net Zero targets are met for 2045, additional resources and
finance will require to be considered to demonstrate continued progress.
 The cost-of-living crisis has seen a significant uplift in the number of residents requiring Energy Efficiency support. This has
proved challenging to facilitate within our existing resources.
Procurement
 Previous year efficiency options led to a reduction in procurement team resource. This led to processes being introduced which
place more responsibility for procurement on client services. This continues to be a challenge, especially as efficiency options
within client services are considered and implemented.
Page 83

Page 84

9
3. Strategic Assessment
The Regulatory & Regeneration management team completed a detailed strategic assessment to determine the major influences
on service delivery and priorities in 2025/26 and beyond. This covered a review of local and national political priorities, new
legislation and technology, Council policies, and our continued recovery from the pandemic, cost of living crisis and the financial
challenges facing the Council. The key issues are outlined below.
Key Factors
Financial Challenges
The entire public sector is continuing to face significant financial challenges due to a range of factors including inflationary cost
increases, pay awards not being fully funded by the Scottish Government and insufficient overall funding to support the delivery of
front line and back-office services. The Council is currently faced with an estimated cumulative funding gap in 2026/27 of £9.24m
rising to £42.77m by 2029/30. We will continue to monitor the overall financial position of the Council and updates on estimated
future budget gaps will be reported to Elected Members throughout 2025/26.
These challenges require further action to balance our budget and protect services for residents. Within Regulatory &
Regeneration, this means that available funding will be reduced over time and we will need to reconfigure how we work, what we
do, where we work, and potentially reduce the number of people employed. In this context, we will aim to continue to provide a
sustainable, quality service to internal clients and the public.
Budget Sensitivity Analysis
In reviewing the service budget projections, consideration has been given to the sensitivity of these budgets, in particular for higher
risk/ higher value budgets which may have a significant impact on budgetary control and future budget projections. The analysis
has considered sensitivity around demand, costs and charges, and income levels.
In Regulatory & Regeneration there were no budgets identified as being more susceptible to fluctuations. However, on a more
Council-wide basis, the Council’s cost of borrowing is susceptible to fluctuations in the bank interest rate due to the level of the
Council’s short-term borrowing.
Page 84

Page 85

10
Deliver Key Regeneration Sites
A number of key regeneration projects, which span multiple years, will continue to be taken forward in 2025/26. These include:
 Infrastructure delivery on the Exxon site and a delivery strategy to realise the economic benefits of the site
 Delivery of the projects originating from the 2021 Alexandria Masterplan.
 Development and engagement work to support Clydebank Neighbourhood Board (previously referred to as Town Board) in the
delivery of Clydebank Regeneration Plan (previously Long-Term Plan for Towns and Investment Plan).
 Supporting the Malin Group to deliver the first phases of the Scottish Marine Technology Park at the Carless site.
 Continuation of Phase 1 of the UK Government funded improvement works at the redeveloped Artizan Centre in Dumbarton and
securing Planning Permission in Principle to achieve the wider ambitions of the masterplan
Actions: Deliver key regeneration sites across West Dunbartonshire
Produce a planning focused delivery programme to support key regeneration sites and enable high quality development to be
achieved on the ground
Develop a monitoring and compliance framework for major and strategic regeneration sites to ensure compliance with approved
consents
Queens Quay
Infrastructure works for this 80-acre residential waterfront development were completed in 2020/21. In the year ahead, the focus on
securing housing developments across the site in partnership with site owner Clydeside Regeneration Ltd. will continue. This
continues to be a challenge, particularly in relation to flatted private homes which the market is finding commercially challenging.
Discussions will continue with a range of public and private sector parties.
Action: Promote the next phases of Queens Quay Housing
Deliver Key Commercial Opportunities
Identifying commercial opportunities in conjunction with the private sector will continue to be a priority. Discussions with developers
who may wish to enter a partnership with the Council to achieve joint benefits from a commercial, housing and low carbon
Page 85

Page 86

11
perspective will be progressed. The Regeneration Capital Fund with £12.77m has been allocated across a number of projects. The
Fund’s key operating principles and allocations to specific projects agreed by Committee will be progressed. Opportunities include:
 Exxon – as infrastructure works progress, the Council will consider how to promote and deliver the best uses for the site and,
working with the City Region and Scottish Enterprise, will encourage developer interest in the site to meet the growth targets set
out in the City Deal business case.
 NHS Golden Jubilee – we will seek to deliver the extension of the District Heating network to the hospital and explore
opportunities presented by the expansion of the hospital for development and regeneration of Queen Quay and Clydebank,
generally.
 Scottish Marine Technology Park – we will continue to work with the Malin Group in their ambition to deliver the Scottish Marine
Technology Park at the former Carless site near Old Kilpatrick and assist them in attracting business and funding to the site. A
project board has been established to provide support and direction as the Malin Group progress the development through the
planning and infrastructure implementation stages.
Action: Explore commercial opportunities in our town centres and wider regeneration sites
Supporting Business Recovery
The UK government has extended the UK Shared Prosperity Fund to provide funding for local investment across the UK until
March 2026. A Local Investment Plan has been developed and approved by the UK Government as part of a wider Glasgow City
Region Investment Plan through the Fund. The business support proposals within the Investment Plan will be available until March
2026 to support business recovery and include a Business Recovery & Growth fund, Early-Stage Growth grants, Towards Net Zero
Grant, Business Gateway Expert Help and Shopfront & Small Business Improvement Grants.
Action: Deliver business support interventions through the UK Shared Prosperity Fund 2025/26
Supporting Town Centre Revitalisation
Assisting town centres to recover from the pandemic and cost of living crisis will continue to be a focus in 2025/26, with support for
high street businesses a key priority. We will continue to develop projects to make our town centres attractive places and take
advantage of the external funding, including UK Government’s levelling up programme and Place-Based Investment Programme
Page 86

Page 87

12
funds provided by the Scottish Government. We will also work with and support community groups or businesses which plan to
invest in and establish themselves in our town centres, and whose plans align with our town centre regeneration agenda.
 Clydebank has been awarded £20 million funding from the UK Government as part of the Plan for Neighbourhoods (former
Long-Term Plan for Towns).  This funding will support delivery of the projects which originate from approved Clydebank
Development Framework and reflect the priorities of the local community. The Framework provides a vision for how the town will
be transformed, from reducing retail dominance to a vibrant mixed use and inhabited town centre that meets the needs of the
whole community. A Clydebank Neighbourhood Board (former Town Board), chaired by Liz Connolly Principal of West College
Scotland, has been established to oversee the Fund and Plans. A Long-term Plan and 3-year Investment Plan, based on the
Framework and informed by further community engagement, have already been developed. While capital funding won’t be
available till 2026/27, a further £200k of capacity funding to support the engagement and initial project development in expected
in early 2025/26.
 In Dumbarton, the focus for the next year will be on completing the Levelling Up Fund programme of works including the
refurbishment and reuse of Glencairn House as a library and museum and the revitalisation of the Artizan Centre. Another
levelling up project, Connecting Dumbarton, was completed in early 2024. We are also exploring other ways to improve the High
Street over the coming years and will continue supporting Planning with the Heritage and Place Programme application which
could fund works to some of the most prominent town centre historic properties.
 We are also working with community and partners including Dumbarton Town Centre Forum, Historic Environment Scotland and
Maritime Museum to develop a branding strategy and action plan for Dumbarton with the aim of making it a more attractive
place for visitors.
 In Alexandria, the next phase of the 2021 Masterplan will be implemented, with an emphasis on Green Heritage Corridors and
Cycling and Walking Network projects which were identified as priorities. We will continue to engage with the community and
businesses to ensure that current and future projects directly respond to their needs and aspirations.
Action: Support town centre revitalisation
Community Planning West Dunbartonshire
The Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 sets out clear requirements for public bodies in promoting a greater level of
local decision-making and empowerment of citizens. Empowered communities can deliver a range of results that include improved
physical and mental health, increased confidence and social networks, reduced sense of isolation and can reduce demand on
public sector resources.
Page 87

Page 88

13
Following some organisational changes, the approach to community empowerment will focus on Community Planning and the
development of locality plans and specific projects that promote local participation and empowerment particularly in our most
disadvantaged communities. Progress will be monitored by Community Planning West Dunbartonshire and reported through the
Empowered Delivery Improvement Group.
Action: Continue the development of Community Planning
Community Learning and Development
The Community Learning and Development (Scotland) Regulations 2013 place a statutory requirement on local authorities to
publish a plan every three years. The plan should outline how the Council will co-ordinate and secure ‘adequate and efficient’
Community Learning and Development provision with other sector partners. We continue to deliver against our current Community
Learning & Development Plan 2024/27 to provide community-based learning opportunities throughout West Dunbartonshire.
For 2025/26 we will contribute to the delivery of the Community Learning and Development Plan through community planning and
community development work.
Action: Continue to contribute to the Community Learning and Development Plan 2024/27
Cash First Fund
In 2023 the Scottish Government awarded Cash-First funding to eight local authorities to deliver a “test of change” project aimed at
reducing the need for foodbanks and offering a dignified alternative. In West Dunbartonshire the Cash First pilot project directs
those in receipt of a grant on to Working4U or Citizens Advice Bureau to ensure they get the necessary support to minimise the
need for further grants and reduce future reliance on foodbanks. The project started in late 2023 and will run until October 2025. It
requires regular reporting to the Scottish Government and participation in extensive evaluation processes to help inform future
policy.
Action: Conclude the Cash First Project including evaluation
Page 88

Page 89

14
Climate Change Action Plan
The Council developed a Climate Change Strategy in response to the climate emergency and to provide a route map towards
meeting Scotland’s national net zero carbon target by 2045. This Strategy informs annual action plans, with actions devolved to
relevant service areas. Progress against the 2025/26 action plan will be monitored and reported to senior management and Council
on a regular basis.
Action: Co-ordinate, monitor and report the progress of the Council’s Climate Change Action Plan for 2025/26
Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) Delivery Plan
During 2023/24, the Council commenced works on a Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) which sets out the long-
term plan for heat decarbonisation and improved energy efficiency of buildings throughout the Council area. The consultative draft
Strategy was approved in February 2024, and the Strategy was published in September 2024. The Strategy sets out the changes
needed to each sector of buildings stock, identifying strategic heat decarbonisation zones and prioritising delivery areas. Scotland’s
statutory greenhouse gas emissions reduction and fuel poverty targets will continue to drive this area-based approach. The LHEES
includes high level aims for delivery, and a full Delivery Plan is being developed in partnership with key internal and external
stakeholders to accompany the Strategy with the aim of draft approval by mid-2025.
Action: Develop the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy Delivery Plan
Implementation of the Scottish Elections (Representation and Reform) Act
Following the Elections Act 2022, which made changes to the UK electoral system in terms of the security, accessibility and
transparency of elections, the Scottish Elections (Representation and Reform) Act seeks to make several changes to the way in
which elections in Scotland are managed. The changes will be effective in time for inclusion in the planning of the Scottish
Parliamentary Elections, scheduled to take place in May 2026.
Action: Implement the various requirements of the Scottish Elections (Representation and Reform) Act
Page 89

Page 90

15
Planning for the Scottish Parliamentary Election 2026
The Scottish Parliamentary Elections are scheduled to take place in May 2026 and therefore planning will commence in
October/November 2025. This will be another major challenge for the relatively inexperienced election team as every election is
different and this one will be made more challenging by the introduction of new legislation.
Action: Plan for the Scottish Parliamentary Elections for the Dumbarton and Clydebank and Milngavie Constituencies
Interim Review of Polling Scheme
A small change to the boundary line between the Dumbarton and the Clydebank and Milngavie Scottish Parliamentary
Constituencies and the loss of a small number of existing polling places over the past two years has prompted an interim review of
the polling scheme to ensure that the scheme is up to date and fit for purpose.
Action: Conduct an interim review of the Polling Scheme in West Dunbartonshire
Succession Planning: Democratic & Registration Services
The Manager of Democratic and Registration Services has indicated his intention to retire from Council service in February 2026. 
The loss of such an experienced officer must be carefully managed with an effective succession plan, particularly considering the
organisation of the forthcoming Scottish Parliamentary Elections in May 2026.
Action:  Prepare a succession plan to recruit and replace Manager of Democratic and Registration Services post
District Heating Network
The District Heating Network provides low carbon heating and cooling solutions to the Queens Quay regeneration site. It aims to
significantly reduce fuel poverty and deprivation within some of the poorer neighbourhoods of West Dunbartonshire and, crucially,
contribute to key climate change targets. As the District Heating Network matures, it is anticipated that new customer and
expansion opportunities will arise.
Page 90

Page 91

16
Legal services will continue to support the expansion programme through the provision of legal advice and leadership in the
negotiation of contracts with prospective customers.
Action: Provide legal services to the Council and West Dunbartonshire Energy LLP in relation to heat supply agreements and
network supply contracts
Legal Support across a Range of Projects
Legal Services continues to play a pivotal role in supporting Council services with various projects and its regulatory functions.
Often these projects are challenging from a legal perspective and require careful legal consideration to make sure that the Council’s
interests are protected or that our statutory duties are carried out.
For example, Legal Services is supporting the Gruggies Burn Flood Prevention Scheme and advising on the Council’s duties in
terms of the Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009; providing legal advice in relation to the development of the Marine
Technology Park, a key regeneration site for the Council, including high value development agreements and construction contracts;
negotiating and drafting novel connection agreements and related commercial agreements so to connect the Golden Jubilee
Hospital as well as other parties to the District Heating network; and ongoing legal support to the Social Work service in relation to
applications relating to children and vulnerable adults which often involve complicated facts and can be time critical.
Action: Continue to provide high quality and timely legal support across all Council services
Changes to Legal Services Processes and Procedures
Legal Services has completed a restructure that sees three sections combined into two – Commercial & Place and Citizen &
Regulatory. Both sections will have new Section Heads following long- and medium-term vacancies.
As a result of the restructure, the Section Heads in conjunction with the Manager of Legal Services will review the Sections’
procedures and processes to ensure that the Sections continue to provide quality support to other Council services in an efficient
and consistent manner.
Action: Review processes and procedures within Legal Services’ Commercial & Place and Citizen & Regulatory teams
Page 91

Page 92

17
Introduction of the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024
The Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 comes into force in 2025. It contains amendments to important pieces
of legislation we currently enforce and utilise within Trading Standards and includes new rules around fake reviews, the practice of
drip pricing, and a new enforcement regime, amongst other important changes.
Trading Standards Officers will require to familiarise themselves with this legislation and undertake training to effectively implement
the requirements of the new legislation.
Action: Implement the requirements of the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024
Introduction of the Tobacco & Vapes Bill 2024
Nicotine vapour products (vapes) were originally introduced as a smoking cessation device for adults, a safer alternative to
traditional tobacco. While they carry the same age restriction for purchase as tobacco of 18 years or over, they have never been
subject to the same display restrictions. The single use nature of some vapes and sweet flavourings appeal to those under 18. In
April 2025, however, a new display ban on vapes will be introduced followed by a ban on flavours in October 2025.
There is an update to existing legislation to bring nicotine pouches within the regulatory framework. Until then, retailers could give
‘free samples’ of this highly addictive product and they were not subject to any age restrictions. However, there is no clear timeline
for this but we will continue to monitor it.
We have had clear issues with underage sales of both tobacco and vapes in West Dunbartonshire, with shops near our secondary
schools, so it is vital we continue to build on our existing work and react to the changes this new legislation will bring.
Action:  Support and advise businesses in relation to the new Tobacco & Vapes Bill 2024
20 Minute Mapping Tool
The Scottish Government’s 20-minute neighbourhood policy aims to provide access to most daily needs, for example, shopping,
health and social care facilities, schools and parks, within a 20-minute walk, wheel or cycle from home.
Page 92

Page 93

18
To support this, we have implemented a 20 Minute Mapping tool that takes advantage of rapidly evolving data technology to
provide better service delivery. It provides an evidenced way of understanding our residents access to critical services using the
available walking and wheeling network. As such, the tool will seek to support multiple services to inform better decision making in
accordance with this key national policy. It will also play a critical part in supporting the development and delivery of Local
Development Plan 3, ensuring that proposed new development supports this spatial concept and in turn our communities as well as
other service areas.  Beyond a focus at a local level, the tool will be used to inform research across the city region, supported by
partners within Clydeplan and other local councils. The aspiration is to introduce a consistent baseline measurement of service
access to ensure a clear and coherent strategy across the region.
Action: Continue to develop the 20-minute mapping tool for use at both local and regional levels
Local Development Plan 3
The Local Development Plan is a statutory, long-term plan for the West Dunbartonshire Council Area, (excepting that portion of the
Council that is within the Loch Lomond and Trossachs National Park), that sets out how places will change in the future, including
where development should and shouldn’t happen. The next Local Development Plan for the area, called LDP3, is due to be
adopted in 2028 and work has now commenced on its preparation.
The current Development Plan Scheme, which sets out how LDP3 will be developed was agreed by the 2023 December Planning
Committee. An annual update was presented to the December 2024 Planning Committee which included a revised timescale.
Workforce pressures have resulted in the program being pushed back 7 months with the submission of the evidence report to the
Planning and Environmental Appeals Division (DPEA) expected around July 2025.   
Action: Prepare a robust evidence report for the next Local Development Plan (LDP3) for submission for Gatecheck to Scottish
Government Planning and Environmental Appeals Division
Local Place Plans
Local Place Plans are community-led plans that help inform the Local Development Plan for the area but do not form part of the
statutory Development Plan.
Page 93

Page 94

19
The invitation to prepare Local Place Plans was issued to organisations and individuals in October 2023 and an advert placed in
the local press. The Council has prepared a West Dunbartonshire “How-to” guide to encourage and assist local communities to
prepare a Local Place Plan. A number of Community Councils have expressed an interest in preparing a Local Place Plan and this
will be taken forward in 2025/26.
Action: Continue to promote and support communities in the preparation of Local Place Plans
New Building Standards Fee Regulations
The fees review is part of a Scottish Government 3-year strategy to increase funding to resource Building Standards.  These fee
uplifts are expected to be reinvested into the service and it is anticipated that additional resources will be required for the enhanced
compliance scheme, enforcement and additional inspections.  The first-year fee increments were implemented on 01 April 2024,
with the Building Standards Division continuing to collect data annually to enable Ministers to review fees annually. One of the
conditions of verifier appointment is to adequately fund the service, and the Building Standards Division is likely to audit us to
ensure performance targets of the section are sufficient.
Action: Develop a plan to ensure compliance with the new Building Standards Regulations is implemented
New Document Management System for Planning and Building Standards
Integration between the current case management and document management systems for Planning and Building Standards has
been identified as a key service constraint that is causing delays to both customers and staff and a number of unsustainable
workarounds are required. A business case and funding for a fully integrated IDOX based Document Management System with our
existing IDOX Uniform Enterprise case management system has been approved to proceed. The service is progressing a workplan
in relation to data cleansing and data management to ensure a smooth transition between the systems is currently underway but
the full system is not expected to be in place until the 2026/27 reporting year.
Action: Progress the introduction of a new document management system for Planning and Building Standards
Page 94

Page 95

20
Environmental Health Service Delivery
Environmental Health have restructured from three teams to two, with the retirement of one of the previous Service Co-ordinators.
This restructure also resulted in a loss of two other roles within the service. The Principal Officer Environmental Health and Service
Co-ordinator will meet with the service manager for Planning, Building Standards and Environmental Health to review current
workstreams and procedures to ensure that all statutory functions are as adequately resourced as possible.
Action: Review workstreams and procedures within Environmental Health
Planning Preapplication Process
The Development Planning and Place and Development Management Teams will review the current preapplication process to
ensure that the process is fit for purpose and delivers on both placemaking and performance outcomes. The review will consider
the customer guidance and set out clearly the service standards associated with all aspects of the preapplication process to ensure
that customers have clearly defined outcomes and can identify the best route for their needs.
Action: Review the planning preapplication process
Antonine Wall Management Plan
All World Heritage Sites require a Management Plan to detail how the site will be protected and enhanced. Along with other
Antonine Wall Steering Group partners, we will support Historic Environment Scotland, who are the lead body, to finalise a new
Management Plan.
Action: Work with other Steering Group partners to support Historic Environment Scotland to finalise a new Antonine Wall
Management Plan
Changes to Procurement Process
Changes to the procurement process were agreed at a Council meeting in March 2023 to streamline the process and deliver
efficiencies. To achieve this, the Corporate Procurement Unit will develop training material and a training calendar to support
Page 95

Page 96

21
service areas with non-regulated procurement and non-complex procurement for low contractual risk projects. Services will
administer these projects utilising framework agreement direct awards using the Quick Quote portal on Public Contracts Scotland.
This will remove onerous tasks such as market research, contract strategies, mini competitions, scorecards, monitoring activity and
certain key performance indicators for those contracts. This was a significant change and as such, the impact still requires to be
monitored to ensure that this change is implemented as effectively as possible.
Action: Provide procurement advice, guidance and support on non-complex procurement for low contractual risk projects
Procurement Improvement Plan
Following a Fit for Future service review, a Procurement Improvement Plan was developed to address key findings over a three-
year period. Due to significant resource changes within the team, a number of actions are outstanding. The Corporate Procurement
Unit will continue to implement actions in 2025/26 to streamline the customer experience. The remaining actions focus around
reporting improvements within the WeBuy system (a proprietary system for purchase to pay processes).
Action: Continue to implement the key deliverables from the Procurement Improvement Plan focusing on reporting improvements
within WeBuy purchase to pay system
Continuous Improvement
Continuous improvement is central to all that we do. The actions set out in this section, as well as those at an operational level not
included in this Delivery Plan, demonstrate our commitment to continuous improvement and take account of the wider Best Value
focus on vision and leadership; governance and accountability; effective use of resources; partnerships and collaborative working;
working with communities; sustainability; and fairness and equality.
Page 96

Page 97

22
Action Plan
The challenges identified in Section 2 and the key factors identified in Section 3 have informed Regulatory & Regeneration priorities
for 2025/26. Appendix 1 sets out the action plan to address them. It also includes:
 performance indicators that will enable progress to be monitored and reported to stakeholders;
 strategic workforce actions to address workforce issues identified in the planning process; and
 strategic and/or service risks.
In relation to the latter, strategic risks represent the potential for the Council to take advantage of opportunities or fail to meet stated
strategic objectives and those that require strategic leadership. Service risks relate to service delivery and represent the potential
for impact on individual services, or the experience of those who work within the services, i.e. employees, partners, contractors and
volunteers, or service users and clients in receipt of the services provided. In identifying the relevant risks for 2025/26 and actions
to mitigate them, we aim to improve or maintain the current position (i.e. the current risk score) set out in the appendix.
Page 97

Page 98

23
4. Resources
Finance
Regulatory & Regeneration has a net revenue budget of £4.406m and a capital budget of £17.646m in 2025/26. A breakdown by
service area is set out below. We will make the best use of the resources available to deliver on key priority areas and secure
external/match funding where this is possible.
Service Area                                 
(Figures subject to ongoing verification)
Gross Expenditure
2025/26 (£m)
Gross Income
2025/26 (£m)
Net Expenditure
2025/26 (£m)
Capital Budget
2025/26 (£m)
Democratic & Registration 0.880 0.115 0.766 0.000
Environmental Health 0.942 0.374 0.568 0.000
Licensing 0.242 0.465 -0.223 0.000
Legal Services & Trading Standards 0.966 0.088 0.877 0.033
Procurement 0.680 0.080 0.600 0.000
Building & Planning 1.292 0.743 0.549 0.000
Economic Development 1.887 0.619 1.268 17.613
Total 6.890 2.484 4.406 17.646
Page 98

Page 99

24
Employees
Employee Numbers
The headcount and full time equivalent (FTE) staff in each service area (as of 31st March 2025) are as follows:
Absence
The 2024/25 quarterly absence figures for Regulatory & Regeneration are shown below together with the Council average for the
same periods for comparison. Absence was significantly lower that the Council average throughout 2024/25:
Absence in 2024/25 Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Annual FTE* days lost
per FTE employee
Regulatory & Regeneration 1.24 0.26 1.93 2.13 5.24
Council Wide Total 4.19 3.72 4.61 4.14 14.24
Regulatory and Regeneration Headcount FTE
Democratic and Registration Services 20 17.90
Economic Development 23 21.77
Legal Services 20 19.06
Planning, Building Standards and Environmental Health 32 30.90
Regulatory Management 3 2.8
Procurement 11 10.77
TOTAL 109 103.20
Page 99

Page 100

25
Appendix 1: Action Plan
Please Note: PI targets for 2025/26 are indicative until 2024/25 year-end values become available.
1. Our communities
Our residents’ health and wellbeing remains a priority
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Percentage of air quality monitoring stations complying with the national objective for nitrogen
dioxide at the nearest building façades of residential properties, schools, hospitals and care
homes (40ug/m3 NO2)
100% Mark Walsh
Percentage of highest priority pest control service requests responded to within 2 working days 95% Eilidh Paton
Percentage of planned underage sales visits carried out by Trading Standards to premises
registered on the Scottish Government tobacco and nicotine vapour product retailers register 95% Annemarie Clelland
Financial impact of disruptive activities carried out by Trading Standards on illegal trading N/A
Data only PI Annemarie Clelland
Percentage of businesses brought into compliance by Trading Standards 75% Annemarie Clelland
Food Law: Percentage of food businesses in the highest risk category (1 to 6 monthly
inspections by Food & Business Group) that were inspected on time 100% Eilidh Paton
Food Law: Percentage of food businesses in the high-risk category (12 monthly inspections by
Food & Business Group) that were inspected on time 80% Eilidh Paton
Page 100

Page 101

26
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Food Law: Percentage of food businesses in the medium to low-risk category (>12 Monthly
inspections by Food and Business Group) that were inspected on time 60% Eilidh Paton
Action Due Date Owner
Implement the requirements of the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 31-Mar-2026 Annemarie Clelland
Support and advise businesses in relation to the new Tobacco & Vapes Bill 2024 31-Mar-2026 Annemarie Clelland
2. Our Environment
Our local environment is protected, enhanced and valued
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Air Quality: PM10 Concentration 18 Mark Walsh
Our resources are used in an environmentally sustainable way
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Tonnage of carbon dioxide emissions from Council operations and assets To be
confirmed Elaine Troup
Page 101

Page 102

27
Action Due Date Owner
Co-ordinate, monitor and report the progress of the Council’s Climate Change Action Plan for
2025/26 31-Mar-2026 Elaine Troup
Develop the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy Delivery Plan 31-Mar-2026 Elaine Troup
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Inability to reduce
carbon footprint in line
with targets
The risk that the Council will be unable to achieve net
zero emissions by 2045, both in relation to mitigating
carbon emissions and adapting to the impacts of climate
change. Net zero refers to achieving an overall balance
between emissions produced and emissions taken out of
the atmosphere. This target has been developed in a
way that mirrors the emission reduction trajectory set by
the Scottish Government in light of the Climate
Emergency.
Elaine Troup
Our neighbourhoods are sustainable and attractive
Action Due Date Owner
Promote the next phases of Queens Quay Housing 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew;
Elaine Troup
3. Our Economy
Page 102

Page 103

28
Our area has the infrastructure for sustainable and inclusive growth where businesses can flourish
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Number of businesses given advice and assistance to start up through Business Gateway 180 Gillian Scholes
Percentage of procurement spent on local small/medium-sized enterprises and SMEs who
have a presence in West Dunbartonshire 36% Iain Skene
Number of business gateway start-ups per 10,000 population 19.78 Gillian Scholes
Proportion of properties receiving superfast broadband 99% Gillian Scholes
Immediately available employment land as a % of total land allocated for employment purposes 40 Michael Mulgrew
Action Due Date Owner
Deliver key regeneration sites across West Dunbartonshire 31-Mar-2026 Elaine Troup
Produce a planning focused delivery programme to support key regeneration sites and enable
high quality development to be achieved on the ground 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Develop a monitoring and compliance framework for major and strategic regeneration sites to
ensure compliance with approved consents 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Explore commercial opportunities in our town centres and wider regeneration sites 31-Mar-2026 Magda Swider
Deliver business support interventions through the UK Shared Prosperity Fund 2025/26 31-Mar-2026 Gillian Scholes
Support town centre revitalisation 31-Mar-2026 Magda Swider
Page 103

Page 104

29
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Failure to deliver
Queens Quay
Masterplan
Following completion of Council investment there is a
risk the housing plot sales do not materialise in the next
3-7 years, with implications for the return on investment
and the business case for the District Heating Network.
Gillian
McNamara;
Michael
Mulgrew;
Elaine Troup
Inability to meet
demands of Council to
progress regeneration
projects within desired
timescales
The number and complexity of regeneration projects is
putting considerable strain on the resources available
which can be exacerbated by delays out with the control
of the service and when pinch points on different projects
occur at roughly the same time.
Michael
McDougall;
Gillian
McNamara;
Michael
Mulgrew;
Elaine Troup
4. Our Council
Our workforce is resilient and skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents
Action Due Date Owner
Develop and implement wellbeing, employee engagement, equality and learning and
development plans to enable capabilities, improve resilience and promotion of a diverse
workforce
31-Mar-2026 Alan Douglas
Develop and implement employee life cycle plans in line with the People First Strategy to attract
and retain the workforce 31-Mar-2026 Alan Douglas
Implement service review process including role design, use of new technology and new ways of
working to add resilience, address gaps, and establish opportunities for efficiencies 31-Mar-2026 Alan Douglas
Page 104

Page 105

30
Action Due Date Owner
Develop and implement learning and development plans and development opportunities to
improve capabilities and resilience within the workforce 31-Mar-2026 Alan Douglas
Our Council is adaptable and focused on delivering best value for our residents
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Planning Applications (Major Developments - Without Processing Agreement): Average number
of weeks to decision 16 Michael Mulgrew
Planning Applications (Locals - Householder): Average number of weeks to decision 8 Michael Mulgrew
Planning Applications (Other Locals): Average number of weeks to decision 8 Michael Mulgrew
Cash savings achieved from procurement activity £400,000 Iain Skene
Planning Applications (Major Developments – With Processing Agreements):  Percentage
decided within agreed target 90% Michael Mulgrew
Planning Applications (Locals – Householder): Percentage decided within statutory 8-week
timescale 80% Michael Mulgrew
Planning Applications (Other Locals): Percentage decided within statutory 8-week timescale 80% Michael Mulgrew
Percentage of Environmental Health service requests from citizens first responded to within 2
working days 90% Eilidh Paton
Percentage of building warrant applications responded to within 20 working days 95% Judi Ferguson
Page 105

Page 106

31
Action Due Date Owner
Prepare a succession plan to recruit and replace the Manager of Democratic and Registration
Services post 31-Jan-2026 George Hawthorn
Continue to develop the 20-minute mapping tool for use at both local and regional levels 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Prepare a robust evidence report for the next Local Development Plan (LDP3) for submission for
Gatecheck to Scottish Government Planning and Environmental Appeals Division 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Continue to promote and support communities in the preparation of Local Place Plans 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Develop a plan to ensure compliance with the new Building Standards Regulations is
implemented 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Progress the introduction of a new document management system for Planning and Building
Standards 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Provide procurement advice, guidance and support on non-complex procurement for low
contractual risk projects 31-Mar-2026 Iain Skene
Continue to implement the key deliverables from the Procurement Improvement Plan focusing
on reporting improvements within WeBuy purchase to pay system 31-Mar-2026 Iain Skene
Provide legal services to the Council and West Dunbartonshire Energy LLP in relation to heat
supply agreements and network supply contracts 31-Mar-2026 Michael
McDougall
Continue to provide high quality and timely legal support across all Council services 31-Mar-2026 Michael
McDougall
Review processes and procedures within Legal Services’ Commercial & Place and Citizen &
Regulatory teams 31-Mar-2026 Michael
McDougall
Review workstreams and procedures within Environmental Health 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Review the planning preapplication process 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Page 106

Page 107

32
Action Due Date Owner
Work with steering group partners to support Historic Environment Scotland to finalise a new
Antonine Wall Management Plan 31-Mar-2026 Michael Mulgrew
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Failure to monitor and
enforce regulatory
areas with public risk
The Council fails to comply with statutory regulatory
duties in respect of environmental health, trading
standards and licensing laws
Annemarie
Clelland;
Michael
McDougall;
Eilidh Paton
Failure to adequately
respond to an
emergency situation
such as a multiple
fatality workplace
accident, outbreak of
food borne
communicable
disease, a major
public health incident
or pandemic
There is a national shortage of qualified staff in
Environmental Health, across Scotland. This impacts on
West Dunbartonshire Council. Vacancy levels at WDC
might impact on our ability to respond to emergencies.
Eilidh Paton
Inability to recruit
successfully to enable
performance to be
maintained
There is a current issue with recruitment of qualified staff
in various parts of the service.
Michael
Mulgrew;
Eilidh Paton
Page 107

Page 108

33
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Failure to secure best
value of procurement
spend and ensure
compliance with
financial regulations
Improved procurement management process, contract
strategies, planning, monitoring and reporting in
collaboration with services will continue to mitigate
against non-compliant procurement spend
Iain Skene
Failure to continue to
achieve increased
savings from
procurement activity
As second or third generation revenue contracts seldom
deliver the same cost savings as first generation, the
contract strategies need to focus on governance,
operating models, total cost of ownership, service quality
and innovation
Iain Skene
Our residents are engaged and empowered
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Percentage of Council and Committee minutes produced within 3 clear working days of the
meeting 98% Carol-Ann Burns
Percentage of committee agendas published within standing order timescales 99% Carol-Ann Burns
Action Due Date Owner
Implement the various requirements of the Scottish Elections (Representation and Reform) Act 31-Mar-2026 George Hawthorn
Plan for the Scottish Parliamentary Elections for the Dumbarton and Clydebank and Milngavie
Constituencies 31-Mar-2026 George Hawthorn
Page 108

Page 109

34
Action Due Date Owner
Conduct an interim review of the Polling Scheme in West Dunbartonshire 31-Oct-2025 George Hawthorn
Continue the development of Community Planning 31-Mar-2026 Elaine Troup
Continue to contribute to the Community Learning and Development Plan 2024/27 31-Mar-2026 Elaine Troup
Conclude the Cash First Project including evaluation 31-Mar-2026 Elaine Troup
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Engaging positively
with Residents,
Communities &
Partnerships
The risk that the Council fails to adequately engage,
establish and maintain positive relationships with local
residents and communities in addition to partnership
bodies.
Colin Smith;
Elaine Troup
Page 109

Page 110

Page 110

Page 111

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL 
Report by Chief Officer - Resources 
Committee: Corporate Services Committee 21 May 2025 
Subject: Resources Delivery Plan 2024/25 - Year-end Progress & 
Resources Delivery Plan 2025/26 
1 Purpose 
1.1 This report sets out the year-end progress of the 2024/25 Resources Delivery
Plan and presents the new 2025/26 Resources Delivery Plan. 
2 Recommendations 
2.1 Committee notes the progress achieved at year-end and the new 2025/26
Resources Delivery Plan. 
3 Background 
3.1 In line with the Strategic Planning & Performance Framework, each Chief
Officer develops an annual Delivery Plan which sets out actions to help deliver
the Strategic Plan and address the performance challenges and service
priorities identified in the planning process. The Plan also provides an
overview of services and resources, including employees and budgets, sets
out the performance indicators (PIs) for monitoring progress and considers the
relevant risks. 
3.2 In the last few months of 2024/25, several services and teams across the
Council were realigned to other Chief Officer areas. For consistency and
transparency, the year-end progress reports reflect the content of the 2024/25
delivery plans reported to the relevant committees at the beginning of that
year, with none of the organisational changes that took place in-year included.
Those changes are, however, reflected in the new delivery plans for 2025/26. 
4 Main Issues 
2024/25 Year-end Progress 
4.1 The 2024/25 Delivery Plan was presented to Corporate Services Committee
on 22 May 2024 and mid-year progress reported on 6 November 2024. 
4.2 Full details of year-end progress are set out in Appendix 1.  
ITEM 10
Page 111

Page 112

4.3 The progress of the Plan’s 17 actions is summarised below: 
Progress No. (%) 
Completed 14 (82%) 
Overdue 3 (18%) 
4.4 Overdue actions relate to the following and will be carried forward and
completed in 2025/26: 
• Develop and implement wellbeing, employee engagement, equality, and
learning and development plans to enable capabilities, improve resilience
and promote a diverse workforce - 83% complete.
• Implement service review process including role design, use of new
technology, and new ways of working to add resilience, address gaps, and
establish opportunities for efficiencies - 71% complete
• Develop and implement learning and development plans and development
opportunities to improve capabilities and resilience within the workforce -
90% complete. 
4.5 Year-end data is available for five of the Plan’s 19 PIs. The performance of
those PIs is summarised below: 
Performance Against Target No. (%) 
Target met or exceeded 5 (100%)
Performance Over Time No. (%) 
Improved over short term (or maintained high
level of performance)
5 of 5 (100%) 
Improved over longer term (or maintained high
level of performance)
4 of 5 (80%) 
4.6 The full set of PIs will be reported through the Council’s annual performance
reporting process once all data becomes available. 
2025/26 Delivery Plan 
4.7 The 2025/26 Delivery Plan is set out at Appendix 2. 
4.8 Key priorities include:
• delivering sustainable, quality services within the context of significant
financial challenges
• progressing the procurement of a new financial management system 
• developing and refining capital and revenue reporting processes
• reviewing ways to decrease corporate debt in relation to sundry, non-
domestic rates, Council Tax and rent
• reviewing ways to improve rent collection rates in conjunction with
Housing and W4U
• automating Council processes and information provision
Page 112

Page 113

• progressing the disposal of key strategic sites
• completing the redevelopment of Glencairn House
• progressing the Faifley Community Campus development
• progressing the buildings upgrades programme
• progressing the depot refurbishment programme
• supporting Council services to deliver the asset related savings agreed by
Council
• engaging with relevant community groups over the potential to lease
Dalmuir Golf Course
• reviewing eligibility for Council Tax exemptions
• reviewing the Global Internal Audit Standards and CIPFA’s Code of
Practice for the Governance of Internal Audit in UK Local Government 
4.9 Implementation of the Plan will be monitored by the management team with
mid-year and year-end progress reported to Corporate Services Committee
and Infrastructure, Regeneration and Economic Development Committee
(asset management elements only) around November 2025 and May 2026
respectively. 
5 People Implications 
5.1 There are no direct people implications arising from this report. 
6 Financial & Procurement Implications 
6.1  There are no direct financial or procurement implications arising from this
report. 
7 Risk Analysis 
7.1 Failure to deliver on the actions assigned to Resources may have a direct
impact on the delivery of the Council’s Strategic Plan. It is essential that
remedial action is taken to ensure strategic delivery plans achieve the
commitments detailed. 
8 Equalities Impact Assessment 
8.1 Screening and impact assessments will be carried out on specific activities as
required. 
9 Consultation 
9.1  The delivery plans were developed through consultation with officers from the
strategic service areas. 
10 Strategic Assessment 
10.1  The delivery plans set out actions to support the successful delivery of the
strategic priorities and objectives of the Council.  
Page 113

Page 114

Chief Officer: Laurence Slavin
Service Area:  Resources
Date:   30 April 2025
_____________________________________________________________ 
Person to Contact:  Lynn Henderson    
lynn.henderson@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Appendices:  Appendix 1: Resources Delivery Plan 2024/25 - Year-end
Progress 
Appendix 2: Resources Delivery Plan 2025/26 
Background Papers: Resources Delivery Plan 2024/25 - Corporate Services
Committee, 22 May 2024 
Resources Delivery Plan 2024/25 Mid-year Progress -
Corporate Services Committee, 6 November 2024 
Strategic Planning & Performance Framework 2022/27   
Wards Affected: All 
Page 114

Page 115

1
Appendix 1: Resources Delivery Plan 2024/25 – Year end Progress
1. Our Communities
Our residents are supported to increase life and learning skills
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Progress the redevelopment of
Glencairn House 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. The project is currently on
programme to be delivered on the contractual
completion date.
Michelle Lynn
2. Our Environment
Our neighbourhoods are sustainable and attractive
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Progress the building upgrades
programme 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. All projects are complete as per
programme. The progress of the building upgrades
programme is reflected in the performance of the
associated PIs including the proportion of operational
buildings that are suitable for their current use, the
proportion of internal floor area of operational buildings
in satisfactory condition, and the percentage of council
buildings in which all public areas are suitable for and
accessible to people with a disability, all of which met or
exceeded targets at year-end 2024/25. We also
continue to perform favourably against other local
authorities.
Michelle Lynn
Page 115

Page 116

2
3. Our Economy
Our area has the infrastructure for sustainable and inclusive growth where businesses can flourish
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Number of invoices paid
within 30 calendar days of
receipt as a percentage of
all invoices paid
90.4% 91% 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Our partnerships support economic development to deliver increased prosperity for our area
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Time for processing
applications for new
Housing Benefits claims
from application receipt date
to the day the claim is
decided
23 23 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Time for processing
applications for notifications
of changes of
circumstances for Housing
Benefits from the application
receipt date to the day the
claim is decided
3 5 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Page 116

Page 117

3
4. Our Council
Our workforce is resilient and skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Develop and implement
wellbeing, employee
engagement, equality, and
learning and development plans
to enable capabilities, improve
resilience and promote a
diverse workforce
31-Mar-2025
Actions have progressed across all services over the
course of the year including regular 121 meetings, work
shadowing, implementing a revised structure within
Finance, which is providing career pathway opportunities
for finance business partner development, and being
supportive of flexible working patterns where a balance
can be found between business requirements and
personal preference. The overall target has not been met
due primarily to an extended period of absence within the
Internal Audit & Fraud team and a decision to no longer
pursue an alternative delivery model with other local
authorities for internal audit and fraud. 
Laurence
Slavin
Develop and implement
employee life cycle plans in line
with the People First Strategy to
attract and retain the workforce
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. All actions have been delivered
with the temporary new structure in Finance implemented
and ongoing development of the Council’s approach to
automation. 
Laurence
Slavin
Implement service review
process including role design,
use of new technology, and new
ways of working to add
resilience, address gaps, and
establish opportunities for
efficiencies
31-Mar-2025
Actions have progressed across all services over the
course of the year. However, the decision to no longer
pursue an alternative delivery model with other local
authorities for internal audit and fraud means the overall
target has not been met. Further work will be done in
2025/26 to consider the structure of the Internal Audit &
Fraud team.
Laurence
Slavin
Page 117

Page 118

4
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Develop and implement learning
and development plans and
development opportunities to
improve capabilities and
resilience within the workforce
31-Mar-2025
Actions have progressed across all services to develop
digital skills. However, an extended period of absence
within the Internal Audit & Fraud team has reduced the
capacity in that team to develop skills. This will be further
considered during 2025/26. 
Laurence
Slavin
Our Council is adaptable and focused on delivering best value for our residents
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of council
buildings in which all public
areas are suitable for and
accessible to disabled
people
97% 97% 97%
Target met with performance
consistent with the previous year
and up over the longer term.
Michelle
Lynn
Value of outstanding sundry
debt as a percentage of
total that is more than 90
days old from date of
invoice
67.08% 65.4% 70%
Target met and improved on
performance from last year which
is excellent.  Many cases are on
long term sustainable
arrangements which is key given
the increased cost of living that
has impacted residents.  The
number of outstanding invoices
compared to last year has
dropped by over 5,400 which
again reflects the work completed
in year.
Ryan
Chalmers
Page 118

Page 119

5
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Rent collected as a
percentage of total rent due 99.09% 99.1% 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Percentage of capital
receipts achieved as
forecast
90% 100% 90%
Target exceeded and performance
improved over both the short and
long term.
Michelle
Lynn
Cost of collecting council tax
per dwelling £0.70 £3.00 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Percentage of income due
from council tax received by
the end of the year
93.2% 93.5% 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Proportion of operational
buildings that are suitable
for their current use
93.3% 95% 93%
Target exceeded and performance
improved over both the short and
long term.
Michelle
Lynn
Proportion of internal floor
area of operational buildings
in satisfactory condition
91% 93% 91%
Target exceeded and performance
improved over both the short and
long term.
Michelle
Lynn
Current tenants' arrears as
a percentage of total rent
due
9.29% 10.5% 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Gross rent arrears (all
tenants) as at 31 March
each year as a percentage
of rent due for the reporting
year
9.44% 9.3% 2024/25 value not yet available. Ryan
Chalmers
Page 119

Page 120

6
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Income generated as a
percentage of total revenue
budget
13.1% 11%
2024/25 value will be available
after 30 June 2025 following the
completion of the draft financial
statements.
Carol
Alderson
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Review ways of decreasing
corporate debt through
continued improvements to debt
collection processes in relation
to sundry, NDR, Council Tax
and rent
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. We have reviewed the process
between Housing and Corporate Debt in relation to rent
collection.
Ryan
Chalmers
Review ways to improve rent
collection rates in conjunction
with Housing and W4U
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. We have reviewed processes
between Housing and Corporate Debt and also between
the Department for Work & Pensions and Council in
relation to Universal Credit and Alternative Payment
Arrangements.
Ryan
Chalmers
Maximise automation
opportunities across the Council 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Automation Pipeline being
developed. Presentation undertaken with UiPath at
February Transformation and Visioning Board which will
be followed by an in-person workshop in May to explore
automation ideas across all Chief Officer areas.
Arun Menon
Page 120

Page 121

7
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Commence the introduction of a
supported Financial
Management System for
implementation in 2025/26
31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. This multi-year project is
progressing well with research complete and
requirement specification drafted to issue to prospective
suppliers. This will then form part of system demos that
will inform procurement route and decision in the coming
year.
Carol
Alderson;
Arun Menon
Review the Common Good
Fund 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Outcome reported to Corporate
Services Committee in February 2025. New approach to
the Common Good Fund now fully implemented.
Laurence
Slavin
Progress the disposal of key
strategic sites 31-Mar-2025 Completed as planned. Capital receipts delivered the
anticipated income. 
Michelle
Lynn
Progress the depot
refurbishment programme 31-Mar-2025
Completed as planned. Consultants were engaged in
relation to the new build garage design, project board
was reconvened, and amended scope commenced with
service areas.
Michelle
Lynn
Develop and implement plans
and support services to achieve
the asset related options agreed
by Council
31-Mar-2025 Completed as planned. Actions completed to assist the
delivery of savings across a number of service areas.
Michelle
Lynn
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Debt is not
recovered
efficiently or
effectively, with
inherent risk of
financial loss
The processes deployed in
collection of monies owed to the
Council are inefficient and
ineffective resulting in money
not collected on time or having
to be written off. 
11-Apr-2025
Effectively implement the
amended Corporate Debt Policy
and ensure income maximisation
with improvements to automation
of collecting debt to be
implemented.
Ryan
Chalmers
Page 121

Page 122

8
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Increase in the
level of rent
arrears due to
the level of
Welfare Reform
changes and
general state of
economy
The Council sees an increase in
its level of rent arrears due to
lower disposable income and
national changes to the national
benefits regime and the ongoing
economic position
11-Apr-2025
The risk of an increase in rent
arrears is due to the current cost
of living that's linked to increasing
energy costs, food costs and
inflation. Financial support and
advice are provided to those
impacted by the cost of living with
arrangements being reviewed as
appropriate.
Ryan
Chalmers
Maintaining
Council Assets
that are fit for
purpose
The risk that the Council's
assets and facilities are not fully
fit for purpose with consequent
adverse impact on our ability to
deliver efficient and effective
services. Assets included in this
assessment: the Council’s
property portfolio.
11-Apr-2025
The risk score remains low due to
the ongoing programme of capital
works. 
Michelle
Lynn
Our residents are engaged and empowered
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Percentage of council
resources directed by
communities
0.97% 1%
2024/25 data will be available late
August 2025 when it is submitted
to CoSLA (Convention of Scottish
Local Authorities). 
Carol
Alderson;
Colin Smith;
Elaine
Troup
Page 122

Page 123

9
Strong financial governance and sustainable budget management (Service Objective)
2023/24 2024/25
Performance Indicator Value Status Value Target Short
Trend
Long
Trend Note Owner
Amount of free reserves as
a percentage of the
prudential reserve target -
HRA
99% 100%
2024/25 value will be available
after 30 June 2025 following the
completion of the draft financial
statements. 
Carol
Alderson
Amount of free reserves as
a percentage of the
prudential reserve target -
General services
81% 100%
2024/25 value will be available
after 30 June 2025 following the
completion of the draft financial
statements. 
Carol
Alderson
Percentage variance to
budget projected - General
Services
2.57% 0%
2024/25 value will be available
after 30 June 2025 following the
completion of the draft financial
statements. 
Carol
Alderson
Percentage of Audit Plan
completed 80% 85% 2024/25 value not yet available.  Andi
Priestman
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Prepare and submit draft Annual
Governance Statement for
2023/24 to the Audit Committee
30-Jun-2024 Completed as planned. Report submitted to Audit
Committee 12 June 2024. 
Andi
Priestman
Continue to improve and deliver
the Assurance Statement for
2023/24 to support the Annual
Governance Statement
30-Jun-2024 Completed as planned. Report submitted to Audit
Committee 12 June 2024. 
Andi
Priestman
Page 123

Page 124

10
Action Status Progress Due Date Note Owner
Complete the Internal Audit &
Corporate Fraud Plan 2023/24
and report to Audit Committee
as part of the Annual Assurance
Statement
31-Dec-2024
Completed as planned.  Internal Audit progress report
presented to Audit Committee on 4 December 2024
highlighting completion of 2023/24 audit plan and new
Internal Audit plan for 2024/25 approved.
Andi
Priestman
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
Failure to
provide
assurance of
the system of
financial
controls
Internal Audit is unable to provide
assurances on the Council's financial
control environment.
12-Mar-
2025
The Internal Audit Annual Report and
Assurance Statement for 2024/25 will
be presented to the Audit Committee
in June 2025. 
Andi
Priestman
Failure to meet
statutory
deadlines for
external returns
(including
HMRC) and
financial
statements
Finance Services failing to meet
statutory deadlines resulting in lost
revenue or penalty costs
03-Apr-
2025
The current assessment remains
unchanged from mid-year. While the
risk remains high due to staff
turnover, difficulty recruiting staff with
relevant experience, and issues with
business continuity, there are a range
of controls in place to mitigate it.
Carol
Alderson
Financial
projections are
significantly
incorrect
Financial projections for both capital
and revenue are significantly
incorrect resulting in insufficient
reserves being held.
03-Apr-
2025
Information on projections is updated
on an ongoing basis. However, with
the volatility of the economy, inflation
and bank interest rates, the figures
are changing regularly. The Council's
Chief Financial Officer engages
regularly with the Directors of Finance
Laurence
Slavin
Page 124

Page 125

11
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
across all 32 Scottish Councils to
sense check material assumptions in
financial forecasts. Furthermore,
there is regular engagement with the
Council's appointed Treasury
advisors in relation to projected future
changes to bank interest rates.
Significant
financial funding
reductions /
limitations from
Scottish
Government
It is expected that the Council will
continue to be faced with significant
real term funding reductions from the
Scottish Government settlement. This
is based on local government
settlements in recent years and an
ongoing narrative about limited funds
available to support public services.
This coincides with a period where
costs and demographic pressures are
continuing to rise in relation to social
care, significant inflationary
increases, the impact of increases in
the bank interest rate on the cost of
borrowing and pay award pressures
linked to inflation. Whilst there are
ongoing discussions between the
Scottish Government and Local
Government on reducing the ring
fencing of funding is the reality is that
material elements of funding remain
ring fenced which significantly
03-Apr-
2025
Assumptions on future Scottish
Government funding and other
material budget assumptions are
updated regularly and reported to
Council periodically throughout the
year. It is expected that future
Scottish Government funding will be
insufficient to pay for current levels of
service delivery. Furthermore, it is
expected that future local government
settlements will be a real terms
reduction in local government
funding, including those services
delegated to the Health & Social Care
Partnership Board.
Laurence
Slavin
Page 125

Page 126

12
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment
Date
Reviewed Note Owner
restricts how the Council can most
effectively use the funds made
available to it.
Action Status
Overdue
Completed
PI Status
Target significantly missed
Target narrowly missed
Target met or exceeded
Risk Status
Alert
Warning
OK
Long Term Trends
Improving
No change
Declining
Short Term Trends
Improving
No change
Declining
Page 126

Page 127

2025/26
RESOURCES
Appendix 2: Resources Delivery Plan 2025/26
Page 127

Page 128

2
Contents`
1. Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................................................2
2. Performance Review........................................................................................................................................................................................2
3. Strategic Assessment.......................................................................................................................................................................................5
4. Resources......................................................................................................................................................................................................11
Appendix 1: Action Plan............................................................................................................................................................................................13
Page 128

Page 129

3
1. Introduction
Resources comprises Finance, Business Support, Internal Audit & Fraud and Asset Management. It provides accountancy, treasury
management, business support, internal audit and fraud and asset management services to the Council and external clients including the West
Dunbartonshire Leisure Trust, the Valuation Joint Board, Clydebank Property Company, charities and trusts, and West Dunbartonshire Energy
Ltd. Company. In addition, it provides direct services to residents of West Dunbartonshire.
It is one of seven strategic areas responsible for delivering the Council’s Strategic Plan. Key actions to help achieve that are set out in this
Delivery Plan, together with actions to address any performance issues and service priorities identified in the planning process. Progress will be
monitored and managed by the management team and reported to Corporate Services Committee and Infrastructure, Regeneration & Economic
Development Committee (asset management elements only) twice yearly, at mid-year and year-end.
2. Performance Review
The Resources management team completed a detailed review of 2024/25 performance, focusing on:
 2024/25 Delivery Plan year-end progress
 Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) comparative performance
 Citizens’ Panel feedback
 Telephone Survey feedback
 Complaints.
This review highlighted our key achievements and challenges in 2024/25. These are summarised below.
Key Achievements in 2024/25
Finance
 Completed draft Financial Statements within statutory deadlines.
 Delivered service and financial returns to public sector bodies.
 Supported transformation projects within the Council.
Page 129

Page 130

4
 Introduced new capital programme reporting to improve effectiveness and efficiency including comprehensive review of capital programme
expenditure profiling.
 Finalised the creation of a lease register for financial reporting and developed an accounting template in preparation for the change to the
Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting issued by the Chartered Institute of Public Finance & Accountancy.
Business Support
 Processed £0.6m in Clothing Grants to parents and carers of 3,881 school pupils.
 Processed £2.9m in Discretionary Housing Payments to assist 3,912 vulnerable tenants with housing costs.
 Processed £27.9m in Housing Benefit payments to assist residents with housing costs.
 Processed £9.2m in Council Tax Reduction payments to assist residents with council tax charges.
 Improved the rent arrears process, working in partnership with Housing and Department for Work and Pensions Universal Credit Service.
 Increased efficiency by developing and improving automation solutions to process Employee New Start, Sickness Absence, Teachers
Pension Notification, Free School Meals, Clothing Grants and Discretionary Housing payments.
Internal Audit & Fraud
 Finalised the 2023/24 annual audit plan and progressed the 2024/25 audit plan.
 Delivered actual recoveries and re-billings of £108,989 (1 April to 31 December 2024) through the Corporate Fraud Team.
Asset Management
 Supported the delivery of major capital projects including Faifley Community Campus, new build housing projects, development phase of
Exxon City Deal Project and other general services projects.
 The Posties project, a flagship development transforming Posties Park into a state-of-the-art sports hub, moved to Asset Management in
January 2025 and is now on target to open despite experiencing delays earlier in its timeline. Since transitioning to asset management
approach, the project has been managed to ensure steady progress and adherence to the revised schedule. This development underscores
the Council's commitment to delivering high-quality facilities that promote community engagement, health, and leisure. The new sports hub
will feature a gymnasium, all-weather running track, changing facilities, and ample parking, creating a versatile space for residents and
visitors alike.
 Further developed office accommodation plans and managed access and occupancy rates.
 Continued to deliver the Disposal Strategy outcomes and delivered income via capital receipts.
 Developed and implemented a new Council Asset Management Framework and Property Asset Plan.
 Progressed the programme of the Council Assets capital funded improvement projects.
Page 130

Page 131

5
Key Challenges in 2024/25
Finance
 Reconciling and managing a significant number of funding streams, mainly due to Scottish Government priorities within limited resource
constraints.
 Providing personal development for staff by allocating new roles to officers resulting in a significant learning curve whilst continuing to provide
a quality service to customers.
 Continuing to manage cost pressures within the services and deliver a balanced budget.
Business Support
 Level of rent arrears was aggravated by the cost-of-living crisis.
 Collection of sundry debt was greatly impacted by the cost-of-living crisis which is being managed in line with the Corporate Debt policy and a
range of flexible measures.
 Managing levels of service delivery with the levels of budget cuts.
Internal Audit & Fraud
 Providing a sustainable internal audit service longer term continued to be a challenge. On 23 November 2023 the now discontinued West
Dunbartonshire Council (WDC)/Inverclyde Council (IC) Shared Services Committee agreed to note the continuation of shared Internal Audit
and Fraud Services between WDC and IC in the short to medium term and note that wider discussions will continue with neighbouring
councils on possible options to create a more sustainable delivery model for Internal Audit and Fraud Services over the longer term.
At the December 2024 meeting of the Council, elected members supported a small expansion to the number of posts covered under the
existing shared arrangement with Inverclyde Council. Recruitment to these posts is progressing. The same report indicated that discussions
with a third council were also progressing and that an update would be reported in early 2025. Following further detailed review by the third
council they have decided not to progress any further with this option and as such officers will focus on ensuring the current two council
arrangement works as effectively as possible.
Asset Management
 Staff turnover coupled with the time taken to replace, recruit and train employees continued to be a challenge in 2024/25.
 The national skills shortage of qualified and experienced officers in Asset Management led to a reduced workforce and increased demands
on existing teams, resulting in the introduction of alternative service delivery models.
 Increasing issues relating to the supply of labour and materials, due to increased energy, transport and raw material costs, impacted supply
chains and third parties and our ability to carry out works within budget and on time.
Page 131

Page 132

6
3. Strategic Assessment
The Resources management team completed a strategic assessment to determine the major influences on service delivery and priorities in
2025/26. The key factors are summarised below.
Key Factors
Financial Challenges
The entire public sector is continuing to face significant financial challenges due to a range of factors including inflationary cost increases, pay
awards not being fully funded by the Scottish Government and insufficient overall funding to support the delivery of front line and back-office
services. The Council is currently faced with an estimated cumulative funding gap in 2026/27 of £9.24m rising to £42.77m by 2029/30. We will
continue to monitor the overall financial position of the Council and updates on estimated future budget gaps will be reported to Elected
Members throughout 2025/26.
These challenges require further action to balance our budget and protect services for residents. Within Resources, this means available funding
will be reduced over time and we will need to reconfigure how we work, what we do, where we work, and potentially reduce the number of
people employed. In this context, we will aim to continue to provide a sustainable, quality service to internal and external clients and the public.
Budget Sensitivity Analysis
In reviewing the service budget projections, consideration has been given to the sensitivity of these budgets, in particular for higher risk/ higher
value budgets which may have a significant impact on budgetary control and future budget projections. The analysis has considered sensitivity
around demand, costs and charges, and income levels.
Within Resources, budgets which have been identified as being more susceptible to fluctuations include:
 Building materials
 Labour costs
 Transport fuel costs
 Capital plan delivery
Page 132

Page 133

7
On a more Council-wide basis, the Council’s cost of borrowing is susceptible to fluctuations in the bank interest rate due to the level of the
Council’s short to medium term borrowing.
New Financial Management System
The main financial management system (FMS) used by Finance to manage the General Ledger, Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivable
functions is Agresso. During 2023/24 the current service provider announced they would cease support for the system in December 2024
although this has since been extended to December 2025. As a business-critical system, it would not be practical for Finance to use the system
unsupported longer term for reasons of compliance and cyber-security protection.
A steering group and project team have been set up to oversee the introduction of a new cloud-based FMS. A procurement exercise has
commenced to identify an appropriate solution and information has been requested from other councils who have recently undertaken a similar
project to benefit from their experience and lessons learned. Demonstrations from potential providers have been scheduled in April and May
2025.
In 2025/26, we will continue with the procurement exercise and information gathering to ensure the system procured meets the needs of Finance
and the wider service users within the Council. It is anticipated this project will extend over two financial years with a proposed go-live date
during 2026/27.
Refining Capital and Revenue Reporting Processes
New reporting processes were introduced for capital in 2024/25 to provide elected members with greater transparency and a clearer focus on
the key issues. This will continue to be refined in 2025/26, and the current revenue reporting model will be reviewed and refinements considered.
An internal audit of the budgetary control process in the coming months may also highlight issues for consideration and implementation as part
of the refinement process.
Page 133

Page 134

8
Manage Corporate Debt
Wider economic factors, particularly the cost-of-living crisis, have impacted the collection of rent, Council Tax and sundry debt. The Council is
finding it more difficult to collect all the money it is owed resulting in increased levels of debt across a range of debt types. In 2025/26, we will:
 continue to review ways of decreasing corporate debt through continued improvements to debt collection processes in relation to sundry, non
-domestic rates, Council Tax and rent
 continue to review ways to improve rent collection rates in conjunction with Housing and W4U.
Automate Processes and Information Provision
Staff across the Council are employed in manual processes and information provision, such as processing invoices and updating transactional
spreadsheets. Many such processes could be automated, providing benefits such as faster service delivery, improved quality and greater
flexibility, as well as enabling staff to refocus on more complex tasks rather than repetitive tasks. In 2025/26, we will continue to pursue
automation opportunities across the Council to improve efficiency.
Income from Capital Receipts
Continuing to secure income for the Council is a key priority and the Corporate Asset Management Framework supports this through the delivery
of capital receipts from the disposal of key strategic sites. The Framework will highlight non-performing property assets, inform the process for
considering future disposals, and generate additional income through the disposal of redundant assets. In 2025/26, we will monitor progress
against the Framework and the disposal of key strategic sites and provide an annual update on progress. It may be necessary to reduce the
reliance placed on capital receipts as part of the annual budget setting process.
Glencairn House Redevelopment
The Levelling Up Fund is a UK government initiative for regenerating town centres and high streets, upgrading local transport, and investing in
cultural and heritage assets. Following a successful bid to the Fund, work is underway to progress the redevelopment of Glencairn House in
Dumbarton town centre as a combined museum, library and community facility. Planning permission has been approved and a contractor
appointed. In 2025/26, we will complete the redevelopment in line with the agreed plan with progress reported to the Levelling Up Project Board.
Page 134

Page 135

9
Faifley Community Campus
In September 2023, the Council approved plans to create a new education and community campus on the site of the current St Joseph’s Primary
School. This significant capital investment project will bring together a number of education and community facilities in the Faifley Schools
Community Campus. The planning application for the new campus was approved and construction started on site in February 2024. In 2025/26
we will continue with Phase 1 of the construction programme in line with the current programme. A specific Learning Estate Project Board meets
to discuss this project, providing governance and monitoring, and regular updates are provided to Education Committee and Council in the form
of budgetary reports.
Building Upgrades
The 2025/26 programme for delivering corporate assets building upgrades includes renovation, remodelling and refreshing corporate buildings in
accordance with the Corporate Asset Management Plan. In 2025/26, we will progress the buildings upgrades programme in line with the agreed
Plan and timeframe.
Depot Refurbishment
The Council’s depot estate is no longer fit-for-purpose. Following a review of the complete estate and the preparation of a feasibility report, it has
been agreed to refurbish the estate rather than progress with a new build due to cost restrictions. In 2025/26, the Depots Project Board will
continue to take forward the depot refurbishment programme and build on the outcomes already delivered in 2024/25.
Asset Related Council Savings
In line with the Council’s agreed savings options for 2025/26, there are a number of initiatives that include changes to Council assets that will
require support from the Asset Management team. In the coming year, we will work in partnership with the relevant services to develop and
implement plans and provide support to deliver the asset related savings agreed by Council.
Council Tax Exemptions, Discounts and Reliefs
Income from Council Tax accounts for around 14% of our revenue budget and helps to pay for local services such as education and waste
collection. It is essential, therefore, that we collect all the Council Tax income that is due.
Page 135

Page 136

10
There are a range of Council Tax exemptions, discounts and reliefs available for householders in particular groups, such as single person
households and students, as well as time limited discounts, such as empty and unfurnished property. If eligibility for exemptions and reductions
ceases and is not reported to Council, this reduces the Council Tax income available to pay for local services.
In 2025/26, we will review eligibility for council tax exemptions and identify any potential Council Tax income due to the Council.
Global Internal Audit Standards & CIPFA Code of Practice for the Governance of Internal Audit in UK Local Government
Global Internal Audit Standards guide the worldwide professional practice of internal auditing and serve as a basis for evaluating and elevating
the quality of the internal audit function. New standards for 2025 provide an updated framework to support internal auditors in effectively
assessing risks, ensuring transparency, and aligning audit practices with global best practices. The new framework may necessitate changes in
audit planning, risk assessment processes, and the application of emerging technologies in audits.
In addition, CIPFA has introduced a new Code of Practice to support authorities in establishing and maintaining their internal audit arrangements
in line with the statutory regulations. The Code supports the practice of internal audit under the Global Internal Audit Standards in the UK public
sector.
In 2025/26, we will carry out a gap analysis of our current internal audit practice against the new Global Internal Audit Standards and CIPFA’s
new Code of Practice and identify and implement any actions to ensure compliance by 31 March 2026.
Continuous Improvement
Continuous improvement is central to all that we do. The actions set out in this section, as well as those at an operational level not included in
this Delivery Plan, demonstrate our commitment to continuous improvement and take account of the wider Best Value focus on vision and
leadership; governance and accountability; effective use of resources; partnerships and collaborative working; working with communities;
sustainability; and fairness and equality.
Action Plan
The challenges identified in Section 2 and the key factors identified in Section 3 have informed Resources priorities for 2025/26. Appendix 1 sets
out the action plan to address them. It also includes:
Page 136

Page 137

11
 performance indicators and targets that will enable progress to be monitored and reported to stakeholders
 strategic workforce actions to address workforce issues identified in the planning process
 strategic and/or service risks.
In relation to the latter, strategic risks represent the potential for the Council to take advantage of opportunities or fail to meet stated strategic
objectives and those that require strategic leadership. Service risks relate to service delivery and represent the potential for impact on individual
services, or the experience of those who work within the services, i.e. employees, partners, contractors and volunteers, or service users and
clients in receipt of the services provided. In identifying the relevant risks for 2025/26 and actions to mitigate them, the aim is to improve or
maintain the current position (i.e. the current risk score) set out in the appendix.
Page 137

Page 138

12
4. Resources
Finance
Resources has a net revenue budget of £4.617m and a capital budget of £8.891m in 2025/26. A breakdown by service area is set out below. We
will make the best use of the resources available to deliver on key priority areas and secure external/match funding where this is possible.
Service Area
(Figures subject to ongoing verification)
Gross
Expenditure
2025/26 (£m)
Gross
Income
2025/26
(£m)
Net
Expenditure
2025/26 (£m)
Capital
Budget
2025/26
(£m)
Audit 0.341 0.303 0.039 0.000
Finance 1.628 0.103 1.525 0.680
Rent Rebates & Allowances 32.426 30.469 1.957 0.000
Revenue & Benefits 2.851 0.443 2.408 0.000
Finance Service Centre 0.495 0.061 0.434 0.000
Cost of Collection of Rates 0.091 0.085 0.006 0.000
Cost of Collection of Council Tax 0.074 0.931 -0.857 0.000
Office Accommodation 1.427 0.233 1.194 0.000
Corporate Asset Maintenance 3.020 3.020 0.000 8.211
Corporate Assets 2.216 5.758 -3.542 0.000
Central Repairs 1.453 0.000 1.453 0.000
Total 46.023 41.405 4.617 8.891
Employees
Employee Numbers
The headcount and full-time equivalent staff in each service area (as of 31 March 2025) are as follows:
Page 138

Page 139

13
Absence
The 2024/25 quarterly absence figures for Resources are shown below, together with the Council average for the same periods for comparison.
The figures for Resources were lower than the Council average throughout 2024/25.
2024/25 Absence Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Annual FTE days lost
per FTE employee
Resources 3.24 2.88 1.92 2.25 9.64
Council Wide Total 4.19 3.72 4.61 4.14 14.24
Service Area Headcount FTE
Audit & Fraud 6 4.6
Finance 36 31.8
Asset Management 16 14.4
Estates Management 2 2
Business Support 190 169.8
Compliance Team 2 2
Total 252 224.6
Page 139

Page 140

14
Appendix 1: Action Plan
Please Note: PI targets for 2025/26 are indicative until 2024/25 year-end data is available.
1. Our Communities
Our residents are supported to increase life and learning skills
Action Due Date Owner
Complete the redevelopment of Glencairn House 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
Progress the Faifley Community Campus development 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
2. Our Environment
Our neighbourhoods are sustainable and attractive
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Percentage of Consultancy Services project deliverables for General Services projects delivered as planned 80% Michelle Lynn
Action Due Date Owner
Progress the building upgrades programme 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
Page 140

Page 141

15
3. Our Economy
Our area has the infrastructure for sustainable and inclusive growth where businesses can flourish
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Number of invoices paid within 30 calendar days of receipt as a percentage of all invoices paid 91% Ryan Chalmers
Our partnerships support economic development to deliver increased prosperity for our area
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Time for processing applications for new Housing Benefits claims from application receipt date to the day the
claim is decided 23 Ryan Chalmers
Time for processing applications for notifications of changes of circumstances for Housing Benefits from the
application receipt date to the day the claim is decided 5 Ryan Chalmers
Page 141

Page 142

16
4. Our Council
Our workforce is resilient and skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents
Action Due Date Owner
Develop and implement wellbeing, employee engagement, equality and learning and development plans to
enable capabilities, improve resilience and promotion of a diverse workforce 31-Mar-2026 Laurence Slavin
Develop and implement employee life cycle plans in line with the People First Strategy to attract and retain the
workforce 31-Mar-2026 Laurence Slavin
Implement service review process including role design, use of new technology and new ways of working to
add resilience, address gaps, and establish opportunities for efficiencies 31-Mar-2026 Laurence Slavin
Develop and implement learning and development plans and development opportunities to improve
capabilities and resilience within the workforce 31-Mar-2026 Laurence Slavin
Our Council is adaptable and focused on delivering best value for our residents
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Percentage of council buildings in which all public areas are suitable for and accessible to disabled people 97% Michelle Lynn
Value of outstanding sundry debt as a percentage of total that is more than 90 days old from date of invoice 70% Ryan Chalmers
Rent collected as a percentage of total rent due 99.1% Ryan Chalmers
Percentage of capital receipts achieved as forecast 90% Michelle Lynn
Page 142

Page 143

17
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Cost of collecting council tax per dwelling £3.00 Ryan Chalmers
Percentage of income due from council tax received by the end of the year 93.5% Ryan Chalmers
Proportion of operational buildings that are suitable for their current use 93% Michelle Lynn
Proportion of internal floor area of operational buildings in satisfactory condition 91% Michelle Lynn
Current tenants' arrears as a percentage of total rent due 10.5% Ryan Chalmers
Gross rent arrears (all tenants) as at 31 March each year as a percentage of rent due for the reporting year 9.3% Ryan Chalmers
Income generated as a percentage of total revenue budget 11% Carol Alderson
Action Due Date Owner
Progress the procurement of a new Financial Management System 31-Mar-2026 Arun Menon
Review ways of decreasing corporate debt through continued improvements to debt collection processes in
relation to sundry, NDR, Council Tax and rent 31-Mar-2026 Ryan Chalmers
Review ways to improve rent collection rates in conjunction with Housing and W4U 31-Mar-2026 Ryan Chalmers
Maximise automation opportunities across the Council 31-Mar-2026 Arun Menon
Progress the disposal of key strategic sites 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
Progress the depot refurbishment programme 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
Develop and implement plans and support services to achieve the asset related savings agreed by Council 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
Page 143

Page 144

18
Action Due Date Owner
Review new Global Internal Audit Standards and new CIPFA Code of Practice and identify and implement any
actions to ensure compliance 31-Mar-2026 Andi Priestman
Review eligibility for Council Tax exemptions and identify potential income due to the Council 31-Mar-2026 Andi Priestman
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Debt is not recovered
efficiently or effectively,
with inherent risk of
financial loss
The processes deployed in collection of monies owed to the
Council are inefficient and ineffective resulting in money not
collected on time or having to be written off.
Ryan Chalmers
Increase in the level of
rent arrears due to the
level of Welfare Reform
changes and general
state of economy
The Council sees an increase in its level of rent arrears due to
lower disposable income and national changes to the national
benefits regime and the ongoing economic position
Ryan Chalmers
Maintaining Council
Assets that are fit for
purpose
The risk that the Council's assets and facilities are not fully fit
for purpose with consequent adverse impact on our ability to
deliver efficient and effective services. Assets included in this
assessment: the Council’s property portfolio.
Michelle Lynn
Page 144

Page 145

19
Our residents are engaged and empowered
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Percentage of council resources directed by communities 1%
Carol Alderson;
Colin Smith;
Elaine Troup
Action Due Date Owner
Engage with relevant community groups over the potential to lease Dalmuir Golf Course 31-Mar-2026 Michelle Lynn
Strong financial governance and sustainable budget management (Service Objective)
2025/26
Performance Indicator
Target
Owner
Amount of free reserves as a percentage of the prudential reserve target - HRA 100% Carol Alderson
Amount of free reserves as a percentage of the prudential reserve target - General services 100% Carol Alderson
Percentage variance to budget projected (General Services budget) 0% Carol Alderson
Percentage of Audit Plan completed 85% Andi Priestman
Action Due Date Owner
Develop and refine capital and revenue reporting processes 31-Mar-2026 Carol Alderson
Page 145

Page 146

20
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
Failure to provide a
reasonable level of
assurance on the
Council's governance,
risk management and
internal control
procedures
Internal Audit is unable to provide a reasonable level
assurance on the Council's governance, risk management and
internal control arrangements. 
Andi Priestman
Failure to meet statutory
deadlines for external
returns (including
HMRC) and financial
statements
Finance Services failing to meet statutory deadlines resulting
in lost revenue or penalty costs Carol Alderson
Financial projections are
significantly incorrect
Financial projections for both capital and revenue are
significantly incorrect resulting in insufficient reserves being
held.
Laurence Slavin
Significant financial
funding reductions /
limitations from Scottish
Government
It is expected that the Council will continue to be faced with
significant real term funding reductions from the Scottish
Government settlement. This is based on local government
settlements in recent years and an ongoing narrative about
limited funds available to support public services. This
coincides with a period where costs and demographic
pressures are continuing to rise in relation to social care,
significant inflationary increases, the impact of increases in the
bank interest rate on the cost of borrowing and pay award
Laurence Slavin
Page 146

Page 147

21
Risk Description Current
Assessment
Target
Assessment Owner
pressures linked to inflation. Whilst there are ongoing
discussions between the Scottish Government and Local
Government on reducing the ring fencing of funding, the reality
is that material elements of funding remain ring fenced which
significantly restricts how the Council can most effectively use
the funds made available to it.
Page 147

Page 148

Page 148

Page 149

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL 
Report by Chief Officer – People & Technology 
Corporate Services Committee:  21st May 2025
___________________________________________________________________ 
Subject: Council Workforce Plan 2022-2027:  Update & Annual Action
Plans 2024/25 
1. Purpose 
1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide an update on the Council’s workforce
planning activity for 2024/25.   
2. Recommendations 
2.1 The Committee is asked to:
• Note progress during 2024/25 in delivering against the Council Workforce
Plan within the People First Strategy and 5-year plan; 
• Note the workforce profile as at 31st March 2025 and key changes; and
• Note progress within the Workforce Plans for each service. 
3. Background 
3.1 The Workforce Planning Strategy and Framework 2022 - 2027 reflects the 5-
year People First Strategy and incorporates the Council’s Strategic Planning
Framework. 
3.2 The Council Workforce Plan is subject to monitoring and evaluation to ensure
that it remains effective in delivering required outcomes and is responsive to
any changes in circumstances, which subsequently arise. This report contains
2 sections and associated appendices: 
• The progress and achievements made over the last year (Appendix 1);
• The current workforce profile and monitoring, examining any changes
(Appendix 2). 
3.3 Service annual action plans are scoped under the four Workforce Planning
Priorities from the Corporate Workforce Plan outlined at 4.1 for each Chief
Officer Area and are submitted to the relevant Committee as part of the
Delivery Planning process. Separate delivery reports are tabled at this
committee. 
3.4 Whilst separate planning processes exist in relation to West Dunbartonshire
Health & Social Care Partnership (HSCP), appropriate alignment is in place
including attendance at the Health Care Staffing and Workforce Planning
Oversight Group to ensure that Council employees working within HSCP are
included and benefit from all Council Wide initiatives and relevant workforce
planning requirements. 
ITEM 12
Page 149

Page 150

4. Main Issues 
4.1 The attached (Appendix 1) updates on the annual action plans at Chief Officer
Service level for 2024/25 under the 4 Priorities:
Priority 1. Our People (Workforce Profile): Ensure resilience and
engagement of the workforce;
Priority 2. Recruitment & Retention: Current and predicted future
workforce gaps are addressed and core skill sets retained;
Priority 3. Structure & Roles: Service structures and delivery model/s
are stable, fit for purpose and future requirements;
Priority 4. Skills & Capabilities: Current and future skills gaps and
capabilities are addressed.
These 4 priorities are formed from the Corporate Workforce plan which
reflects the People First Strategic Plan. 
4.2 Key Achievements 
4.2.1 Key achievements over 2024/25 for workforce planning within the context of
the People First Strategy are outlined in the sections below. 
4.3 Workforce Planning Strategy & Framework 
4.3.1 During 2024/25 much of the Workforce Planning activity has centred around
the Council’s savings options and subsequent service re-designs. This has
led to intensive activity around voluntary severance/early retirement, SWITCH
and supporting employees and managers through these processes. 
4.3.2 There has been an increased number of service reviews progressed over
2024/25 across the Council as managers have reviewed service delivery in
the context of efficiencies but also taking into consideration the Council’s
Standard operating Model (SOM), digital requirements and building service
delivery models which will meet current and future demand. 
4.3.3 Efforts have still been concentrated around further supporting the embedding
of workforce planning.  The Council’s Best Value Thematic Audit report 2023-
24 issued in July 2024 was very positive but provided 2 recommendations for
areas of improvement; The council should ensure workforce data allows
officers to identify resource gaps and supports succession planning and the
Council should develop a new flexible/hybrid working policy or update its
existing policy. The latter has already been completed. 
4.3.4 Work has stemmed around the revision of Succession Planning guidance,
including critical roles and planned (phased) roll-out over 2025 – 2027 through
the structure levels and scoping of initial mapping requirements for manager
information on the console. There has been progress made around the
console also with key developments being implemented. 
Page 150

Page 151

4.3.5 Consideration of role profiles including content and format has commenced
with scoping work considering workforce planning requirements such as
succession planning, critical roles and recommendations from the People
First, Year 1, Recruitment project with a particular focus around job
evaluation, skills matrix (including digital skills) and cross skilling in line with
our leadership frameworks and recruitment/attraction to roles. 
4.3.6 Following the initial manager’s survey, to gain feedback and benchmark
knowledge on workforce planning a further survey was conducted over
February and March 2025. Although the response was disappointing in terms
of numbers returned the results are currently being analysed and will be fed
back to management teams. 
4.3.7 Previous survey results in relation to the workforce planning console and the
provision of real time data across the Council informed future developments
for the console and these are outlined within this report. 
4.3.8 There has been significant work around continued embedding of the Strategy
and Framework and promotion of the workforce planning toolkit to support
managers including People & Change Partners carrying out sessions using
the toolkit at service level management sessions to support the identification
and undertaking of workforce planning actions to support service delivery
plans. The toolkit continues to be grown with the Succession Planning
Guidance Phase 1 being added this year. 
4.3.9 Continued engagement in external groups to ensure the Council has input to
national and local strategies has seen benefits from initiatives and joint
working. Following the National Survey Workforce Planning Survey for all 32
Local Authorities through the Society of Personnel and Development Scotland
(SPDS) the findings and recommendations were communicated to all Chief
Officers and raised at COSLA (Convention of Scottish Local Authorities) for
wider action. Funding bids have recently been submitted for ‘invest to save
projects’ which include the re-branding of Local Authority to aid recruitment
and retention in Scotland based on the English model which has proved
successful. This will support our People First Year 1 actions for recruitment. 
Also, bids have been submitted for Leadership development and a graduate
recruitment campaign. In addition, the SPDS Digital group have also
submitted bids which would support with the workforce planning agenda
including digital literacy. 
4.3.10 The Glasgow City Region Skills Local Government Skills Working Group has
partnered with University of West of Scotland to introduce a government
funded 4-year degree course for trainee planners (with a 2-year fast track
option now launched for those with relevant previous experience). Local
Authorities have provided trainee roles for this purpose to alleviate the
nationally recognised skill shortage. Building Standards within the Council
have taken this opportunity and was successful in recruiting a ‘fast track’
trainee in the first cohort for succession planning. The group will use this as a
template model for future career pathways in other local authority roles. 
Page 151

Page 152

4.4  Priority 1. Our People (Workforce Profile): Ensure resilience and
engagement of the workforce. 
Equalities 
4.4.1 Progress of the Council’s equality action plan has continued to reflect the
People First Strategy and employee life cycle concentrating on recruitment
including methods, in the first instance, to increase the diversity of our
workforce. However, it should be recognised that progress has been slowed
in this area with some actions requiring to be carried forward as resources
have been prioritised around budget savings and service re-designs. Given
this a refresh of the Council’s Equality Plan is currently being undertaken to
ensure focus on key achievements over 2025 – 2029. 
4.4.2 Progress on People First Recruitment actions were paused whilst this was
being considered as part of the National picture as outlined in 4.3.9. Joint
working, if the funding bid is successful will bring numerous benefits in the
coming year in relation to re-branding local government as an employer and is
expected to have positive impacts on our equality agenda in supporting to
diversify our workforce. 
4.4.3 It is recognised that the Black and Minority ethnic (BME) workforce profile
remains an area for improvement for the Council’ as we look to ‘attract more
diverse talent’. The Race at Work Charter to make a public commitment to
improving equality of opportunity in the workplace was signed towards the end
of 2023/24 with the launch of this taking place through our communication
channels including Trickle and the Council’s intranet as well as external
promotions in early 2024/25. 
4.4.4 Understanding the makeup of the workforce continues to be a priority and
whilst this was built into workforce planning this year with various services
giving consideration to this, it is acknowledged further work is required. This
will carry forward into 2025/26 where a   data verification exercise which has
previously been delayed due to resourcing is planned for the summer of
2025/26. 
4.4.5 Focus has been given to maintaining the Equally Safe at Work (ESAW)
programme Development Tier. ESAW is an innovative employer accreditation
programme to address sex inequality and violence against women and girls,
aiming to support employers in reviewing workplace culture and ensuring that
policies and practices are enhanced to address the barriers that women face
at work. This year has focused on the development of a sexual harassment
policy information in line with the new legislative changes on employers to
prevent sexual harassment as outlined in the policy section below. The 2 e-
learning modules ‘Together for gender equality’ and ‘Gender Based Violence’
have continued to be available with take up figures showing a slight increase
this year.  It is expected that these will form part of our mandatory training
offering and will be further promoted.
Page 152

Page 153

4.4.6 The Council has held the Armed Forces Gold Award for actions in support of
Armed Forces, reservists and their family members since 2019.  Work has
concentrated on maintaining this award, with re-accreditation being received
in January 2025. The Armed Forces Support Group continues to meet with
the agenda being determined by the key issues of the Group.  The Group has
also extended membership to Cadets to ensure they are part of the
community and can benefit from the support available. 
4.4.7 The Council continues to consider its terms and conditions following the
recent Equality Review.  Consultation is on-going and work is underway to
understand the workforce position on public holiday entitlements through a
further employee survey. 
Wellbeing 
4.4.8 The priority relating to Wellbeing activity in 2024/25 was to renew the
Occupational Health contract and for the counselling and physiotherapy
aspects of this contract to be removed in line with the savings option taken at
Council in March 2024.  Promotion of an alternative counselling provision that
is free to the Council as part of the employee benefits platform, Vivup, has
continued throughout the year with usage steadily increasing.     Promotion of
the full range of employee benefits has been shared through all
communication channels including mental health first aiders and wellbeing
advocates, Trickle, workforce updates and the intranet newsfeed. 
Registrations on Vivup have nearly doubled in 23/24 showing that employees
are increasingly aware of the platform and how to access it and work will
continue to promote it.   
4.4.9 Additionally, My Money Matters, the Council’s platform to manage shared cost
additional voluntary contributions (AVC’s) to employee pension schemes has
seen an increase in participation.  In 2024/25 there was an approximately
49% increase in the number of employees who have AVC’s generating
savings for the employee and the Council and topping up employee’s pension
thereby supporting their financial wellbeing.  A rolling schedule of financial
wellbeing webinars continues to promote financial wellbeing and information
on how AVC’s can benefit employees.    
4.4.10 The New Manager Induction has also been refreshed with positive feedback
received from managers on the content and additional refresher sessions
available for existing managers on key policies that support employee
wellbeing. 
Employee Engagement
4.4.11 The Council’s main tool for employee engagement is a digital platform
called Trickle, available via the website or App which enables inclusivity as
it is accessible to the whole workforce. This enables the workforce,
including front line employees, to raise issues and access information via
Page 153

Page 154

the App on their phone.  Recognising the benefits of this employee
engagement tool, work has continued to focus on improving the level of
engagement with Trickle across existing and new users. The number of
users is currently 1999, which is an increase from 1974 from the last
update.  People and Change Partners are working with services locally to
drive the increase in users by directly linking to workforce planning actions
and encouraging Trickle Champions to be appointed in services. 
4.4.12Through the ‘People First’ Strategy, the Council has committed to develop
and improving employee engagement by building on existing good
practice. The Council continues to promote several initiatives to support
employee engagement including Trickle, 1-2-1 (Be the Best) conversations
to support workforce development, recognising success and value through
employee recognition awards and understanding the workforce voice
through Trickle Moodsense in addition to regular monthly workforce
updates to inform the workforce of key HR, ICT and health and safety
updates. 
4.4.13 Due to the volume of service re-design processes employee engagement
has also been concentrated around consultation processes and ensuring
employees receive the required information and supports to enable
informed decisions to be made. Services have concentrated on this at a
local level through meetings and various written information around the
consultation packs with some services making use of internet spaces to
cascade and share information for large and front-line service areas. 
4.4.14 Demonstrating that the Council values employees and celebrates success
is an essential component of employee engagement.  There are many
activities currently underway to support this, including a relaunch of the
employee Recognition Awards, aligning these to our core ACHIEVE values
and this launched in November 2024.  There were a total of 36 nominations
received across all the award categories with winners being recognised for
their contribution at the first Achieve Awards Ceremony on 1st May 2025. 
Page 154

Page 155

The Achieve Award categories are detailed below: 
Award Category  Description
Trailblazer Award  Celebrates individuals who exhibit exceptional ambition and
visionary thinking, pioneering new directions in their work
and inspiring others to pursue excellence. 
Doing the Right Thing
Award 
Celebrates ethical conduct, integrity, and a commitment to
doing what is morally right
Innovative Solutions Award Recognises individuals who demonstrate a remarkable
ability to think creatively and develop innovative solutions to
complex challenges, contributing to more efficient and
effective processes. 
Teamwork Excellence
Award 
Celebrates outstanding collaboration and the promotion of a
unified and effective team environment. 
Empowerment Champion
Award 
Celebrates the proactive empowerment of others and
supports their growth and development. 
Community Appreciation
Award 
Celebrates community recognition and appreciation for
exceptional service and contributions. 
Work Styles/Flexibility 
4.4.15 The Best Value Thematic Audit Report for Workforce Planning 2023-24 noted
‘The council has a well-established approach to hybrid and flexible working’.
Monitoring the working environments continues to be a priority as employees
are supported to work more flexibly, from various locations, whilst balancing
service delivery, digital security and personal commitments. A
recommendation from the Best Value audit report was to develop a new
flexible/hybrid working policy or update its existing policy base and so the
flexible working policy was updated to reflect hybrid arrangements and
working styles the Council offers and ensure employees can apply for these
under this policy framework.  Ensuring work styles and patterns are
considered as part of organisational transformation, service re-design and
flexible working continues has been imperative to workforce planning for
services. This is essential not only in supporting employee’s wellbeing but has
been key to improving productivity, recruitment and retention.  
Page 155

Page 156

Policy 
4.4.16 Over this year the Council’s employee policy base has seen updates in
relation to the Organisation Change and Switch policies and Flexible Working
Policy as outlined in 4.4.15. This policy also included new guidance of the
‘Right to disconnect’ for employees out of working hours. 
4.4.17 The Council’s family leave policy base including Adoption, Fostering and
surrogacy Leave, Paternity and Maternity Leave, Parental and Shared
Parental Leave and Maternity leave schemes have also seen changes
implemented as part of the new legislation to support families of Neo-Natal
babies. 
4.4.18 It has been recognised that with a change of Government this year there have
been a number of significant proposals around implementation of new
employment legislation. Efforts have been focused throughout the year in
relation to monitoring these changes as they progress through development
and consultations to ensure impacts are accessed and preparedness for
implementation. This will continue into 2025/26 where most of the proposals,
which if become legislation are likely to be implemented later in the year and
into 2026/27. 
4.4.19 Legislative changes in relation to sexual harassment also came into practice
in October 24 with a duty for employers to prevent sexual harassment which
include employees and 3rd parties. Efforts have therefore been concentrated
on the development of a sexual harassment policy base and associated
processes this year. Consideration is currently being given as to whether this
sits as a stand-alone policy or within one of our current policy bases such as
the Gender Based Violence or Respect at Work Policy. This will cover several
legislative requirements including the following:
• A sexual harassment policy base (currently being reviewed);
• Engage with employees around the policy (planned on roll-out);
• Assess and take actions to reduce risks in the workplace (advice
to be sought from Health & Safety with a view to incorporate in
risk assessments);
• Reporting mechanisms for sexual harassment including clear
procedures and the ability to do this anonymously. 
• Training in relation to sexual harassment for the workforce
(currently delivered through Ilearn modules);
• Monitor and evaluate actions implemented. 
4.4.20 Significant progress has been made in relation to a Resolution Framework
which will simplify the policy base for employees and managers who raise
concerns with a focus on early intervention, informal (where appropriate) and
effective resolution of concerns. Following employee, manager and trade
union feedback the initial drafting of the Framework has commenced. This is
taking core employment policies including discipline, grievance and respect at
work and summarising these into a core policy base and processes for ease
Page 156

Page 157

of reference and understanding. It has been recognised that there are
standardised areas of each policy and processes which can be amalgamated.
It is expected that several prototypes may be required before launch but once
successful this template can be used for other policy frameworks. A list of
proposed frameworks has also been developed for future consideration.   
4.5 Priority 2. Recruitment & Retention: Current and predicted future workforce
gaps are addressed and core skill sets retained 
Year 1 & 2 People First – Employee Life Cycle – Recruitment & Retention 
4.5.1 The People First Strategy in relation to the employee life cycle remains on-
going with the intention to create a positive inspiring, informative and
seamless journey from application to appointment, attract the right
candidates, aid retention and in turn support the workforce planning and
equalities agenda. It has been recognised the bulk of the work required is
concentrated in the earlier years of this plan. 
4.5.2 Whilst there has been progress around this workstream a bid has been
submitted to Scottish Government following the national workforce planning
survey outlined in 4.3.9 to look at the re-branding of Scottish Local Authorities
as an employer of choice at a national level to support attraction, recruitment
and retention. Should this be successful it is thought this national campaign
will mirror, and take lessons learned from a successful model deployed in
England supporting this workstream and our needs. 
4.5.3 As resources have been tight this year there has been a need to focus on a
specific area to progress under the year 1 recruitment work stream whilst year
2, on boarding was progressed also. Efforts have been concentrated around
the development of role profiles which reflect our SOM (Standard Operating
Model) structures and People First Strategy workstreams including job
evaluation, workforce and succession planning, skills development and
equalities but also recruitment by providing a more engaging format,
emphasising job quality. Work around this is still on-going with a roll-out
planned for 2025/26.   
4.5.4 Recruitment audit actions from the 2022/23 audit to improve the recruitment
process and attracting diverse talent are still on-going with links to working 4U
to provide better connections to current and potential talent pools. 
4.5.5 Year 2 of the People First Strategy concentrates on onboarding.  Onboarding
is the process of integrating new employees into the organisation and
preparing them for their new roles and work environment, from the point of
being offered the post up to working in their new role for 1 year. 
4.5.6 The review approach included Research, Analysis of Research, Designing
Together and Development.  Step 1 included user research with new
employees, recruiting managers and linked services (who provide part of the
onboarding service).  Surveys were issued, interviews were conducted and
Page 157

Page 158

focus groups held.  Analysis of the research (step 2) showed that although
there was no main challenge to solve for onboarding, line management
support is key to a positive onboarding experience. In step 3, a variety of
challenge questions were set and ideas generated which resulted in a central
onboarding hub being developed in step 4 alongside a comprehensive
manager’s onboarding checklist. This will be pushed out in 2025/26. 
Job Evaluation 
4.5.7 This year has seen a significant number of job evaluations being progressed
following the implementation of the new Job Evaluation Policy and Procedure
and streamlining of processes including the on-line forms. Efforts have
concentrated around ensuring evaluations are undertaken within timelines
where possible including forward scheduling and the list of roles awaiting
evaluation significantly reduced. Job evaluation has been a key activity this
year in relation to progressing the service review processes and work around
the Strategic Operating Model. The volume of roles for re-evaluation
continues to exceed previous years. 
4.5.8 Work continues to ensure all data relating to job evaluation is robust and fit for
purpose which includes the archiving of historic role profiles and job
evaluation information. Also, in relation to the Strategic Operating Model
(SOM) providing structured governance moving forward to any proposed
changes in line with the Workforce Plan as outlined in section 4.6.5. 
Career Pathways & Succession Planning 
4.5.9 It is recognised that recruitment and retention remain challenging for certain
roles within the Council which follows national trends. There have been a few
service areas which have looked to address these issues with re-structures
incorporating succession planning and looking to develop career pathways. 
4.5.10 The succession planning guidance has been incorporated into the workforce
planning toolkit. This will be implemented throughout the Council in phases
during 2025 – 2027 commencing with Chief Officer roles and progressing in
line with the SOM compliance work being undertaken. Chief Officer
information packs have been circulated for Phase 1, and these will continue at
key stages with manager workshops undertaken as required. People &
Change Partner support is being offered to undertake succession planning
alongside other workforce planning activities. 
4.5.11 As part of this work critical roles will be identified and categorised with plans
to ensure this data is part of the workforce planning console trend analysis
with a view to identify role types, skills matrix’s (including potential cross
skilling) and urgency around planning for critical roles. This will tie into the role
profile work being undertaken by the Job Evaluation team. 
4.5.12 The development and mapping of career’s pathways continues to outline the 
Page 158

Page 159

entry requirements for roles and routes into employment and development
opportunities/supports for future progression through career structure. This
template will be included in the Workforce Planning Toolkit to be utilised
across the Council aiding the development of new talent pools and routes into
Council employment at the same time facilitating cross service skilling and
links into other career pathways. 
4.6 Priority 3. Structure & Roles: Service structures and delivery model/s are
stable, fit for purpose and future requirements 
Budget Savings 
4.6.1 Following further announcement of budget savings over 2024/25, priority has
continued to be directed to supporting services across the Council to make
the relevant savings and ensure services are robust and fit for the future.
Whilst services have been continuing to embed the changes made as part of
the budget savings from previous years, they have also reviewed their
workforce planning requirements and explored opportunities to deliver
services differently and more effectively whilst making proposals for savings
for 2024/25 and into 2025/26. The focus for workforce planning remains to
stabilise the workforce and work priorities. With future budget gaps predicted,
longer-term workforce planning remains difficult. 
4.6.2 Services also, as part of their workforce planning activities, have horizon
scanned potential future impacts on their teams and commenced re-structures
accordingly. With reviewing how services can be automated/digitalised or
delivered more efficiently. Accounting for succession planning this has led to a
number of additional service reviews being commenced. 
4.6.3 Strategic HR resources have been directed at supporting services with the
application of the organisational change policy, re-modelling of their services
in line with service needs and SOM compliance and consistent consultation
including employee wellbeing. Improvements continue to be made to the
Voluntary Severance and Voluntary Early Retirement processes which has
seen applications increase by 290% from this year to last year impacting on
workloads, internal process reviews in Strategic HR to manage and advice to
services for on-going impacts on the teams and structures of releasing
employees. 
4.6.4 Affected services are currently entering a further formal consultation period,
the effective use of the workforce console and data continues to be imperative
to inform and fully understand the implications of proposals for service
delivery, the workforce and ensure accurate notification of the potential
impacts. Focus will continue around employee engagement supports with
promotion of our current support mechanisms and use of PACE (Partnerships
Action for Continuing Employment) support the Scottish Government’s
initiative dedicated to helping people with advice and support when faced with
the possibility of redundancy if required. 
Page 159

Page 160

SOM (Standard Operating Model) 
4.6.5  Work continues to ensure that the spans of control and ratios of employees to
managers is correct and fit for purpose, to ensure service delivery moving
forward. This includes the SOM principles and a tier-by-tier approach with
Chief Officers and Service Managers down to grade 11 being reviewed and
actions planned/commenced to ensure compliance within re-structures and a
consistent structure in place to deliver the services required in the future.
Work has also commenced on Grades 9 and 10 and governance
arrangements are ensuring role profiles are updated to reflect current
responsibilities and duties. 
Fit for Future (FfF) Service reviews 
4.6.6  FfF approach was reviewed and updated.  FfF now focusses on working with
a team/service to identify and implement improvements or modernisation.   
4.6.7 This new approach was piloted within the Risk & Health and Safety service
from January 2025.  Members of the team identified their key focus areas for
improvement as communications and processes.
4.6.8 Four key processes were reviewed:
SMS11 – Management Workplace Inspections 
SMS02 – First Aid
SMS10 – Display Screen Equipment
SMS28 – Corporate Warning Marker System. 
4.6.9 To improve communications an online form has been introduced to allow the
team to gather feedback on their service, intranet pages have been updated
and there are also plans to issue a regular bulletin for the team. 
4.6.10 As part of the FfF exercise, M365 APPs and tools were demonstrated to allow
the team to understand how these tools work and how they could be used to
improve elements of their service. 
Information & Data 
4.6.11 The workforce planning console continues to be the key source of workforce
information for managers using real time data. Further developments have
taken place in relation to this console including SSSC registration monitoring,
Voluntary Early Retirement/Voluntary Severance analysis tool for Strategic
HR use, improvements to Absence Reporting for pay dates and combined
iLearn and LD21 reporting/Skills passport for managers to be able to see
completed and outstanding training within their teams. Creation of a Finance
Console for Finance Business partners has also been progressed. 
Page 160

Page 161

4.6.12 It is recognised that further developments of the Workforce Planning Console 
are required, and work has continued in relation to the scoping of possibilities 
and requirements around workforce projections, trends and the possibility of 
automation of workforce plans linked to data insights. Currently new 
Console screen layout is under development and further work being carried
out around Allowances for Finance use. 
4.6.13 Currently in development is a key influencer analysis tool/predictor for 
absence which is currently being researched which will provide more detailed
analytics and trend analysis around the Councils absence. 
4.6.14 Feedback from the survey and workforce planning sessions provided useful
insights in relation to the use and understanding of the console. Based on this
feedback, console information sessions specifically linked to workforce
planning were developed and rolled out over 2024/25 which was welcomed by
services across the Council. These sessions saw the use of the console for
workforce planning purposes increase significantly and consistently over this
year as per the table below. 
4.6.15 Further developments in relation to succession planning and critical roles
analysis are being planned for the console along with automated trend
analysis to further inform workforce planning requirements. In prioritising the
development of the console account has been taken the most used areas
which is illustrated below. 
Console Usage 2024-25
Month Average No of users per day
Apr-24 8.2
May-24 9.2
Jun-24 10.6
Jul-24 11.8
Aug-24 18.2
Sep-24 23.3
Oct-24 23.1
Nov-24 23.8
Dec-24 18.2
Jan-25 23.7
Feb-25 28
Mar-25 31
Page 161

Page 162

4.6.16 Data and analytics continues to play a key role in considering future resource
requirements and supported the People & Change function, leading to a
review of the workload and support the team provides. 
4.6.17 Surveys, self-evaluation, service design and quality improvement exercises
and workshops continue to provide beneficial insight into areas for
enhancement and have informed associated action plans. 
4.7 Priority 4. Skills & Capabilities: Current and future skills gaps and
capabilities are addressed. 
Learning & Development 
4.7.1 The comprehensive in-house delivery programme continues to be well
supported by managers and employees with many dates ‘selling out’ as
soon as they are advertised.  Feedback from delegates continues to be
very positive across all programmes with an average rating of 4.6/5. 
Feedback from delegates reinforces that employees both enjoy the
opportunity and can apply the learning in their own workplace context. 
4.7.2 Usage of iLearn continues to rise with more employees engaging than ever
before.  Accessible on any device 24/7 iLearn provides flexibility to ensure
that there is learning provision for all employees, regardless of their
working hours or style.  Usage compared over the last 3 years can be seen
in Figure1 below: 
2855 2812
2528
2197
1852 1815
1378 1314 1202 1022
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
Number of hits
Subject of information
Hits
Page 162

Page 163

Figure 1 
4.7.3 The iLearn platform has been upgraded with additional functionality and
improved layout and imaging.  New reporting options have been introduced
enabling individuals to access their own full training report and managers to
generate reports for their teams.  Both options pull together the online
learning completion with ‘in-person’ training recorded via HR21.  
4.7.4  The Trades Unions Learning Agreement continues to underpin working in
partnership with the Trades Unions to deliver relevant and timely opportunities
for everyone.   
4.7.5 Service Design training continues to be offered most recently in February
2025.  This training takes place over 2 days onsite and 12 attendees can be
accommodated on each cohort. 
4.7.6 Workforce planning tools, resources and support materials still continue to be
developed for managers. A further survey carried out at the end of 2024/25
and feedback from workforce planning sessions at service level will inform
future developments around resources and possible training requirements 
Digital Transformation & Skills 
4.7.8 There were plans to relaunch the Digital Transformation Board as the People
First Innovation Board but there was little appetite for this, and it was agreed
further work was required before this commenced.  Digital highlight reports
continue to be provided to the Transformation and Visioning Board for each
meeting. There are plans to highlight work in this area which involve, an
executive visioning session, a senior manager network meeting around digital
and the art of the possible with follow up and promotion around Digi Leads
and Champs.   
4.7.9 Work continues to support employees in the development of their digital skills,
but engagement is slow.  Over the past year the Change & Digital team have
created and launched 3 interactive campaigns, taking employees on a digital
Page 163

Page 164

learning journey.  Each campaign ran over a 12-week period with a weekly
release of a new chapter.  The topic areas were: 
• Putting People First at the Digital Airport – this focused-on building
basic digital skills
• Turning Data into Diamonds on Data Island – this focused on
increasing awareness, knowledge and confidence around data
• Maximising Technology on the MicroSoSoSoftly Seas – this
focused on increasing awareness, knowledge and confidence with
M365. 
4.7.10 The last 2023 digital skills survey ran from October to November 2023.  The
survey focused on awareness, digit champs, learning information and topics,
skills ratings, barriers, opportunities to improve and what supports are
required. It was promoted via newsfeed, emails and Trickle. Digital Skills
remains a priority for the Council and PMRG have been asked to promote the
Digi Champs(s) role within their service and nominate Digi Champs(s) where
none are in place. Further work is planned around this in June 2025 where the
Senior Management network (SMN) will focus on Digi-skills and mindsets. 
4.8 The current workforce profile 
4.8.1 The workforce profile as at 31/3/25 is attached in Appendix 2, with
comparisons made against the previous year and commentary on trends. 
The main observations are detailed below. 
4.8.2 There has been around a 2% decrease in Headcount and working hours.
When compared to the same period last year, there has been a headcount
reduction of 110 across the council. This change is mainly accounted for by
the implementation of savings options and recruitment restrictions. 
This year has seen an increase in fixed term contracts again reflective of
service re-structures taking place and the need for temporary arrangements
whilst these are progressed and a decrease of 10 apprenticeships, mainly
from Housing and Resources, with the casual/supply pool headcount
increasing. The decrease in apprenticeships in these areas has been linked to
Modern Apprenticeships qualifying and transitioning into permanent roles.
Reviewing the comparison data the overall workforce has steadily declined
with the bulk of the reductions in Housing & Employability and Resources and
Roads & Neighbourhood increasing, due to the transfer of Working 4U team. 
4.8.3 Whilst the percentage reductions have been across permanent contracts
(2.5%) fixed term contracts have increased by 1%. Although both figures are
lower than last year there is a clear correlation between the figures. This is
likely due to services implementing budget savings and bridging gaps during
this transition.  In addition, the percentage of apprenticeships has declined
this year by 10 however this is indicative of the trades moving through from
phase 2 to 3 and qualifying in certain areas such as Building Services and
Asset Management. 
Page 164

Page 165

4.8.4 Whilst the number of both full time and temporary contracts has reduced this
year reflective of the headcount change.  However, the percentage split of the
overall sex profile continues to remain a static with an overall split of 26.4%
male and 73.6.% female. 
4.8.5 Whilst the age distribution has also remained static, it can be noted that there
are very slight increases in the age categories above 50 which may indicate a
future trend of a continuing aging workforce. The number of new starts
contacts has reduced by 33 with 10 of these being attributed to Modern
Apprenticeships. 
4.8.6 Turnover has decreased this year from 15% in 2022/23, 13.2% in 2023/24 to
12.2% in 2024/25 with the highest turnover remaining in Citizen, Culture and
facilities closely followed by Education. However, a number of services are
experiencing a reduction in turnover numbers which may be a result of the
uncertainty of the budget savings. This is also reflected amongst the HSCP
teams apart from Finance & Resources where a small number of people
leaving a small team can indicate a high impact. There has also been a
decrease in Voluntary Severance and Voluntary Early Retirement (VS/VER)
by 19 from 2023/24 from 48 last year to 29 this year. As the VS/VER process
remains open and there are a number of applications still being considered
the number of leavers for this reason may increase in the coming year. The
number of employees taking early/flexible retirement from the age of 55
continues to increase. 
4.8.7 The year has shown a decrease in the number of flexible retirement
applications approved and after applications increasing since 2022 this year
reflects the lower figure of 2022. This decrease could be reflective of the 2024
pension strain increase with less flexible retirements being released due to
the cost. It is anticipated that Flexible Retirement will continue to be a popular
option for employees who wish to work in a reduced capacity and access their
pension whilst enabling the Council to retain their skills and experience,
however the trend of a reduction in those released may continue due to the
costs associated. 
4.8.8 This year has seen an increase in the sickness absence to above 2022/23
figure (14.00 full time equivalent workdays lost per employee) to 14.3. in
2024/25. This has increased from 13.74 in 2023/24. Although the same
reasons of minor illness, personal stress and acute medical conditions remain
the highest with front line employees having the highest levels of sickness.
Employee wellbeing and engagement supports will continue to be developed
and deployed 
Page 165

Page 166

4.9 Workforce Planning Actions for 2025/26 
4.9.1 The Corporate Workforce Plan for 2025/26 has been reviewed and updated.
Key areas for progression and continued development are outlined in the
sections below and build on many of the actions outlined for 2024/25. It is
noted however that many of these areas are interdependent contributing to
the People First Strategy as a whole. In addition, it is also recognised that as
a result of resources being deployed to Council priorities a number of actions
will be carried forward from 2023/24. 
4.10 Priority 1. Our People (Workforce Profile): Ensure resilience and
engagement of the workforce 
Equalities 
4.10.1 With the undertaking of a recruitment and equal pay audit in previous years
work will again focus on the outcomes and recommendations from this,
alongside continued progression of the Equality Plan, demonstrating our
commitment to ensure there are no barriers to entering our employment. 
4.10.2 In line with the People 1st Strategy efforts will also be spent on monitoring the
work undertaken at national level for ease of adoption for both equality and
workforce planning purposes. Equality work streams will also be considered
within the role profile work being undertaken and efforts concentrated on
refreshing the equality plan for 2025 – 2029. 
4.10.2  This year the Council’s Performance & Strategy team will lead on a ‘spot light’
on equality project expected to commence in the summer. This will consist of
key actions around improving the Equality Impact Assessment system and
template, improving access to services within the council such as translation
and accessibility services and an equality landing page on the intranet
providing space for ‘everything equalities’ in one easy to find place. Strategic
HR plan to link with this project to progress key aspects of the equality plan
including an equality data verification exercise, further embedding of the
Equally Safe at Work accreditation and communication of the sexual
harassment policy base.   
4.10.3 This project is expected to also support the further promotion of current
equality agenda’s such as the Disability Confident Scheme, Race at Work
Charter, the Armed Forces Gold Award and monitoring/promotion of equality
related training across the Council. 
Page 166

Page 167

Wellbeing 
4.10.4 Continued promotion of employee supports and benefits will be crucial in
25/26 given the ongoing challenges faced by the workforce and the
organisation.  In order to better identify data trends arising from these
challenges, further improvements are planned for the workforce planning
console in relation to Wellbeing data to help managers ensure that policies
are being applied appropriately and consistently.    
4.10.5 The Employee Wellbeing Strategy continues to focus on priority areas,
responding to the needs of the organisation. Regular progress reports to
PMRG and JCF including monitoring the impact of the resulting actions
continue along with a focus on supporting employee financial wellbeing. 
Employee Engagement
4.10.6 As the Council continues to face significant financial challenges it remains
crucial; we continue to support employee engagement and ensure all
employees have a platform where their voices can be heard and that they are
fully aware of where supports can be accessed and in times of change feel
supported and valued.  Continued support of employees in a virtual
environment using MS Teams, trickle, webinars, online training, surveys,
employee forums and support to ensure that employees feel engaged,
supported and valued continues. Peer support groups/communities have been
developed to allow for collaboration and networking e.g. wellbeing advocates
and MS Teams ambassadors, digital champions.  Work will commence this
year on ‘Back to the Floor’ framework to support two-way communication and
leadership visibility. 
4.10.7  The established communication frameworks for national and local messages
to be shared remain along with further embedding the one-to-one/Be The Best
Conversations in areas where we have feedback that these could be
improved. 
Policy 
4.10.8  Best practice and legislative changes will continue to influence the review
of the Council’s employment policy base. This year will bring a keen focus
on monitoring numerous proposed employment law changes and impacts
with a view to prioritising any policy requirements as legislation is proposed,
consulted and agreed. Progress of this legislation will influence our policy
priorities and engagement of such with our Trade Unions, managers and
employees. 
4.10.9 Policy development in relation to sexual harassment will continue to roll out,
and embedding ensuring joint working with other teams and services
across the Council; such as health and safety for the assessment of risk.   
Page 167

Page 168

4.11 Priority 2. Recruitment & Retention: Current and predicted future workforce
gaps are addressed and core skill sets retained 
Year 1 People First – Employee Life Cycle 
4.11.1 The 5-year People First Plan will continue to focus on key improvements of           
the Employee Life Cycle with spotlights on the following:
• Year 1 – Recruitment
• Year 2 – On Boarding
• Year 3 – Development
• Year 4 – Retention
• Year 5 – Recognition 
4.11.2  Work will remain focused around progressing recruitment with consideration
of the National proposal to re-brand local authority as an employer in
Scotland. and is expected to support recruitment guidance, resources and the
building of talent pools at a national and local level. 
4.11.3 Commitment remains to bringing efficiencies around recruitment processes 
and work has significantly progressed this year in relation to analysis of data
and processes around all aspects of ‘Onboarding’ for new employees entering
the Council’s employment and implementation. A central onboarding hub is
being developed alongside a comprehensive manager’s onboarding checklist.
The onboarding hub will go live at the end of April 25 with user testing and
feedback taken into account post launch (for a 6-month period) to evaluate
the effectiveness in meeting employee’s needs by analysing feedback and
inviting managers and new employees to test the resources. A review will also
take place of the chatbot developed in terms of usage to determine any
additional queries that could be incorporated. The scoping of Year 3
Employee Development will commence into 2025/26. 
Workforce Planning 
4.11.4 Following the Council’s Best Value Audit further work is required around
Succession Planning and critical roles which will have the focus for roll out
over 2025/26 and onwards. This will be imperative to ensure services are able
to meet the required skills gaps, in particular as services review their delivery
models and structures. The implementation of this aligns with other core
developments including the SOM review, role profile work and national
workstreams as outlined.   
4.11.5 The workforce planning tool kit will continue to be developed in line with core
objectives to ensure managers have the skills to take these forward including
a tool to outline the development of career pathways is planned. 
4.11.6 The Council Best Value Audit report also outlined that the council recognises
that digital transformation can help it deliver services more effectively and
improve productivity and The council is working to improve the digital
experience and accessibility for employees and promote a culture of digital
Page 168

Page 169

awareness. Within the workforce planning context there remains a need to
continue to develop the Workforce Planning Console as it is a core feature of
workforce planning brining quality data on which to base workforce decisions.
Development in this area will continue around developing trend analysis and
forecasting to aid the development and possible automation of service
workforce plans for managers. 
Job Evaluation 
4.11.8 Training will continue to be promoted for Job Evaluation Training for the 
continued increase of Job Analysts including refresher sessions. 
4.11.9 Efforts will also be concentrated around the job evaluation information on the 
intranet to provide information videos for accessibility and understanding of
the job evaluation processes for managers and employees. 
4.12 Priority 3. Structure & Roles: Service structures and delivery model/s are
stable, fit for purpose and future requirements 
SOM 
4.12.1 Progress in relation to the SOM will continue through the management
structures on to levels 4,5 &6 have the correct spans of control and ratios
required for future delivery.  Manager sessions will be developed and rolled
out ensuring the understanding and benefits of SOM to inform future service
delivery models. 
Budget Savings 
4.12.2 Priority will remain to supporting services into 2025/26 and beyond as the
Council continues to face budgetary challenges to implement the required
budget savings, review structures and service delivery requirements in line
with the Organisational Change processes whilst continuing to support
employee’s wellbeing and engagement during this time. 
4.12.3 This will include Strategic HR this year as the teams are reviewed to
accommodate budget savings and SOM compliance whilst adapting and
reviewing our internal processes and continuous review of priorities to ensure
the affective resourcing to support the Council’s Services. 
Data & Information 
4.12.4 The Change & Digital team have supported ICT with the roll-out of SharePoint
and OneDrive.  For the initial pilot, the ICT and Risk & Health and Safety
teams were the first 2 teams to get access to the new technology. 
Page 169

Page 170

4.12.5 A second pilot exercise is scheduled for March 2025.  Three teams will be
involved in this roll-out including Change & Digital, Facilities Management and
Planning and Building Standards. 
4.12.6 Continuous improvement initiatives, service design and leadership
development will continue through the year ahead as core organisational
deliverables. Services will continue to promote and engage in cross
organisational working, and explore the opportunities this provides, including
the potential for retraining of employees into other areas, this particularly
relevant in supporting the Switch Policy. 
4.13 Priority 4. Skills & Capabilities: Current and future skills gaps and
capabilities are addressed. 
Learning and Development 
4.13.1 The focus on digital literacy and skills will continue with Digital Skills building
blocks the basis of the first quarterly digital theme (which commenced in April
2024). Further thought requires to be given also this year as to the building of
digital mindsets across our management teams in preparation of building of
digital skills and how this links to our service re-design processes. This will be
the main focus for the June 2025 for Senior management at the SMN
meeting. 
4.13.2 The Council will also work closely with the SPDS Digital group to monitor and
contribute to the National picture in relation to digital skills to include the
review of various digital applications, development of a ‘playbook’ of best
practice examples, support around development of policy and governance
bases and skills development including attendance in planned workshops to
develop ideas for local government of digital ways of working with suppliers
such as Oracle and accessing digital literacy programmes where available
and communicating these opportunities to relevant parts of the workforce.
Membership has also extended to a subgroup for development of AI in
Human Resources for which a work programme is being scoped for 2025/26. 
5. People Implications 
5.1 Integration of workforce planning within wider organisational planning
processes ensures that workforce issues are effectively identified and
addressed. This supports the Council’s commitment to its’ employees in
relation to all aspects of their employment, ensuring that employees’ needs
are met, and that efficient and modern services are effectively delivered both
now and in the future. 
Page 170

Page 171

6. Financial and Procurement Implications 
6.1 There are no additional financial or procurement implications associated with
this report. There are funding streams associated with the initiatives
mentioned in this report, but these are already secured. 
7. Risk Analysis 
7.1 A robust approach to workforce planning ensures that the Council identifies
current and future needs and identifies potential risks to the council at an early
stage. This proactive approach allows strategies and policies to be developed
that ensure the continued delivery of best value services. A risk has been
identified in relation to being sufficiently resourced to be able to undertake key
workforce planning actions in the coming year and/or to be able to respond to
workforce planning actions arising. 
8. Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) 
8.1 A full EIA is not required in relation to the Council Workforce Plan as
individual assessments will be undertaken in relation to each area of work
referred to as it is progressed. 
9. Consultation 
9.1 The Strategic Leadership Group have been involved in the development of
the plan through preparation of the Delivery Plans and this report and
associated appendices have been provided to the relevant trade unions on
28th April 2025. 
10. Strategic Assessment 
10.1 The contents of this report and the workforce planning process supports the
Council’s Priority 4, ‘Our Council’, Objective 10 ‘Our workforce is resilient and
skilled where digital technology supports service delivery for our residents’ to
make the best use of both financial and human resources resulting in a
positive impact upon service provision. 
Victoria Rogers 
Chief Officer - People & Technology 
Date: 21st May 2025 
Person to Contact: Lisa MacGregor, People and Change Partner
16 Church Street, Dumbarton
Tel: 07949800801
Email: Lisa.MacGregor@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Page 171

Page 172

Appendices: Appendix 1 – Council Workforce Plan Progress update
2024/25 
Appendix 2 – Workforce Profile and Monitoring 31st
March 2025   
Background Papers: Council Workforce Plan 2017-2022:  Update & Annual
Action Plan 2022/23
Strategic Lead Area Workforce Plans (as part of Service
Delivery Plans) 2022-2027
The Workforce Planning Strategy and Framework 2022 –
2027 
Wards Affected:  None 
Page 172

Page 173

1
Appendix 1 - Workforce Planning 24-25 Strategic Actions Overview actions. 
31st March 2025 
1. Our People (Workforce Profile) 
Strategy
Develop and implement wellbeing, employee engagement, equality and training plans to enable capabilities, improved resilience and promotion of a diverse workforce. 
Service Progress Key Actions Exceptions
Citizens, Culture and Facilities – Amanda Graham, Chief Officer   • Continue to embed full team meetings in
contact centre to ensure employees have
opportunity for their voice to be heard.
• Issued Employee Engagement survey to
Facilities Management employees. Good
response rate and action plan being prepared
based on the return data to identify
improvements and interventions. 
• Working practices to be updated in line with
outputs from working groups across Facilities
Management to enable a more consistent
approach and improve engagement and
informed service re-design and premise
manuals.
• Increase presence of Team Leaders across
Facilities Management to strengthen working
relationships across teams and enable further
embedding of wellbeing training. 
Page 173

Page 174

2
Education Learning and Attainment – Laura Mason, Chief Officer   • Continue working group in Children's Support
Service to identify service improvements and
contribute to service re-design, one aim of
which is to provide a quality role for people
thereby helping to improve retention rates.
• Early engagement complete with TU partners
and working group.  Review of existing role
and moving to consultation and
implementation and new contractual
arrangements in 25/26. 
Housing & Employability – Peter Barry, Chief Officer  • Review and monitor gender and age of
workforce in Building Services (BS) for WFP &
equality requirements. Continually promoting
BS services as a career path for non-traditional
roles. Apprenticeship scheme is supporting
age profile and mitigating aging workforce. As
part of re-structure work there has been
significant work undertaken around reviewing
the makeup of the workforce including action
plans for 24/25 and 25/26.
• Review Succession planning requirements
across teams (along with Critical Roles).
• Building services created new posts within re-
structure with successful internal candidates.
Further work will continue in 25/26
• Consideration of team makeup given with
consultancy team joining Housing Assets this
year. Succession Planning considered in line
with savings options with an understanding of
team skills, knowledge and experience (key
strengths).
• Access to HR 21 for craft
and front-line employees
to enable leave to be
monitored has not fully
progressed although work
has been undertaken to
map this out. Due to
limited resources this will
be carried over to 25/26 
Page 174

Page 175

3
• A further Compliance W4U Officer role was
filled (internally) in January 25 to support the
Compliance team with regards to the
Commissioned services and funder demands
from Scottish and UK Governments. 2 Modern
Apprentices commenced to support Admin-
developing their skills and knowledge to
support the achievement of their SQV and
supporting the administration of W4U.
• Continued improvement of wellbeing within
Building Services - Significant progress made
with long term sick and light duties and
improved in-service process of HR practices in
service. 
• Development of communication plan into
digital channels - Information and briefings
sent to all employees including key messages
out of devices to operative emails. 
People & Technology – Victoria Rogers, Chief Officer   • Reviewed & re-visit team meeting set up to
ensure knowledge sharing and development to
showcase individual & team successes in
Business Support
• Focus remained on ensuring the SWITCH
process is effective with regular reviews of
roles and supporting Council savings, service
reviews and SOM compliance. Identification of
long-term vacant posts and requirements have
been reviewed for this purpose. 
• A review of the Succession Planning framework
is underway and plan to roll out in phases. This
commenced with CO and senior management
• Council’s equality plan,
particularly in relation to
the use and collection of
equality data and
outcomes from various
equality audits has been
delayed due to resource
being diverted to support
VS/VER and re-structures. 
Page 175

Page 176

4
grades in 2024/25. 
• Manager Workforce Planning Sessions have
emphasised the need for the internal job
market to be exhausted in the first instance
and connection to Council savings. Work will
focus on improving the employee experience
going forward.
• Launch of new cycle to work scheme,
counselling service and re-launched 'My Money
Matters' across the Council and promoted a
range of financial wellbeing webinars. 
• At service level HR have created a number of
different forums for advisers to gain support
and knowledge based on the changing
demands in the service, for example VS/VER,
pension and case management forums.
• New team members have been inducted and
settled. Learning needs and support have been
provided to date based on requirements and
skill/knowledge base. Job shadowing and a
buddy system has provided beneficial
• Completed and improved knowledge sharing
practices now in place in ICT. Team meetings
timeslots have been extended to showcase
individual and team success. In addition, our
annual in-person ICT team meeting
presentations focus on success and
achievements of previous year.
• Annual ICT Customer Satisfaction survey -
based on user feedback defined an action plan
to improve the ICT service. All milestones
completed with improvement actions in
Page 176

Page 177

5
progress and will be a continuous
improvement.
• Further developments in the workforce
planning console to support the management
of intermittent absence and stress risk
assessment process has been completed.
• Trickle use continues to be promoted for
engagement and there has been a realignment
of the employee recognition awards with the
Council's ACHIEVE values.
Resources, Laurence Slavin, Chief Officer    • Across the service teams are supporting
flexible working arrangement especially in
areas where skills and experience are hard to
access, enhancing employee engagement and
job satisfaction via 121 and team meetings
and building a supportive and inclusive work
environment.
• In Asset management additional engagement
across the team will come via Trickle Campion
appointed.
• Work shadowing is carried out across the
service with development opportunities in
particular across Building Services.  Trainee
surveyor post planned to deal with national
skills shortage. 
• Temporary structure now in place which will
allow for succession planning for Business
Partner roles in Finance with a career pathway
being established.
• Asset Management commenced looking at a
‘growing your own’ initiative to develop staff. 
• The Lead Authority Model
for Internal Audit with a
third Council is no longer
progressing.  The Council
will require to review the
model internally.
• The Shared Service
Manager - Audit & Fraud
was absent for a
significant part of the
financial year and
therefore work has been
delayed due to resources.  
Page 177

Page 178

6
Roads & Neighbourhood, Gail McFarlane, Chief Officer   • Regular encouragement to review Trickle and
promoted via Team Leaders and Co-
ordinators.
• Review and monitor gender and age of
workforce in Waste Services and Roads -
Ensure talent pipeline for aging Workforce &
continue to breakdown gender stereotypical
roles through Modern Apprentice (MA) and
recruitment Programmes - Information session
in schools are held to support the attraction of
MA into roles within the service.  Work will
continue in this space to improve the gender
balance.
• Continue regular team meetings and
engagement sessions with front-line
employees providing a forum for feedback. Be
the best held regularly with employees and
completed skill profiles for all roles and
developed training plans to meet the skills
gap.  Regular toolbox talk to update on key
themes in Roads
• Succession planning - considerations already
in place for Team Leader level in greenspace &
waste through upskilling and available
resources to undertake roles on an acting up
basis.  Training discussed at the Be the Best
Conversations to enable upskilling and
succession planning when key post holders
retire. Training needs identified and this has
resulted in the development of training plans
where employees have been trained on key
priority areas where there are skills gaps to
• Review Succession
planning requirements
with team - Corporate
framework has now been
rolled out to Chief
Officer/Service Manager
level and consideration of
requirements is currently
underway.  Plans in place
to complete this by end of
April 2025. 
Page 178

Page 179

7
improve resilience and opportunity for growth
and development.
Regulatory & Regeneration Services, Alan Douglas, Chief Officer  • Circulated details of Trickle encouraging
colleagues to review.
• Improvements in relation to engagement for
morale building - Weekly catch ups in place,
monthly meetings in office and team building
event taken place with Regular Be the Best in
procurement. 
Case Study: 
Housing & Employability – Building Services - Development of communication plan into digital channels - Information and briefings sent to all employees: 
A communications plan was developed which has been successfully rolled out and has been in place for a number of years. However, Building Services front line team are not on
the Councils' network meaning important information and announcements both corporately (administrator massages) and locally were not being directly received by our valued
team members. Key changes across the Council to address budget gaps, Housing Revenue Account budget challenges and Phase 3 of the review of Building Services structure
and delivery model required to be progressed with effective communications being imperative to successfully implementing and achieving the necessary changes. 
A communication plan was developed for the review of Building Services Structure and delivery model and face to face consultation meetings commenced in October 2023 and
these will continue until all necessary changes to the structure and delivery model of services have been successfully completed.   Good progress has been made on the
implementation of phase 3 and it is anticipated; all necessary changes will be completed in 2025. 
Whilst the communication plan included face to face meetings, monthly team briefs, workforce updates and one to ones offered to all front-line team members, we needed to
ensure important and essential information was being sent and received electronically to front line team members devices. All team members were asked / helped to set up
Gmail accounts on their devices and we are now able to send information direct to their devices. Line managers advise team members to review messages within their Gmail
accounts to ensure team members are aware important information has been sent to their devices. In addition, we send links for Council employee surveys and bulk text
messages direct to devices to allow employee feedback. 
The next steps are to further explore opportunities to establish if there is scope to reduce the reliance on manual processes, atomise forward transmission of notices and
develop messaging services via the Aareon Mobile App. 
Page 179

Page 180

8   
2. Recruitment & Retention 
Strategy
Develop and implement employee life cycle plans in line with the People First Strategy to attract and retain the workforce. 
Service Progress Key Actions Exceptions
Citizens, Culture and Facilities – Amanda Graham, Chief
Officer 
• Steps for next phase of Facilities Management service
review identified and commenced as informed by the
working groups with a view to addressing
recruitment and retention challenges where possible. 
Education Learning and Attainment – Laura Mason, Chief
Officer 
• Continue to embed leadership pathways ensuring a
robust talent pipeline for promoted Teaching posts.
Improvements made in 24/25 now being embedded
with further improvements to be identified and
implemented in 25/26. 
Housing & Employability – Peter Barry, Chief Officer  • Approved structure for Phase 3 and now
implementing. +5% turnover with majority being
internal promotions which is positive.
• Review of Team Leader Housing & surrounding
Recruitment & Retention Risks completed, submitted
job evaluations for the roles as well as improving
access to opportunities to improve skills and
knowledge.   
• Recruitment of key roles for
Building services in
particular to voids and
income generation- part of
wider service redesign work
and dependent on SRRG
approval. Not replaced craft
due to financial constraints
and struggled with key
roles such as electricians.
Currently have a number of
Fixed Term contracts which
still require review for
permanency.
Page 180

Page 181

9
People & Technology – Victoria Rogers, Chief Officer   • Review of requirements and resources in
management structure of ICT, CAS, Transactional &
SHR to ensure future resilience - This continues to be
achieved via workload and management structures
review both via SOM and the savings exercise. 
• Resources are tight across all teams in P&T. Many are
now delivering statutory requirements only. 
• March 25 - Sept 24 - Supervisor layer completed with
the appointment of Application supervisor and
Service Desk Team Leader. This allows section leads
to priorities strategic tasks rather than day to day
line management. Development of Section Leads is
continuous.
• Continued support and development of HR Grad role
to ensure succession planning for future needs of
SHR - Development of this role has proved successful
in HR grad has secured a permanent HR Adviser role
and continues to develop.
• ICT/Comms team used social media to widen
recruitment advertisements for ICT roles which saw a
large increase in volume of applicants.
• All milestones completed and career pathway process
for ICT will be continuous year on year.
• Actions delayed and will be carried forward to
20/25/26.  A review of the succession planning
across all teams has been undertaken to ensure
resilience. 
• Year 2 of the recruitment work plan (onboarding) has
commenced with user research for new employees
and recruiting managers. 
• Continued development of
People First with targeted
attraction and recruitment -
Resource has been diverted
to support VS/VER and
restructures. The team have
started scoping this work
and making contacts, but
much is still to be
undertaken in this area
• Review role of social media
in wider recruitment
advertising - No resource
available to progress due to
other pressures in HR.
Some work is going on
nationally in this area and
the team are contributing
via this route
Page 181

Page 182

10
Resources, Laurence Slavin, Chief Officer  • New temporary structure is in place for succession
planning within Finance.  
• The temporary structure change to be implemented
in the Finance team and consideration of the future
structure in the Internal Audit and Fraud teams will
provide career development and pathway
opportunities. The Automation team will continue to
engage with services to identify opportunities to
automate tasks which will free up resource and
provide for greater job satisfaction. 
• Development of skills and
capacity through RPA
(Robotics Process
Automation) Centre of
Excellence - Discussion re
funding for the post for
2025/26 approved however
limited opportunities for
widening skillsets despite
options being considered
via digital teams within the
council and support from
the Digital Office and
UiPath.
Roads & Neighbourhood, Gail McFarlane, Chief Officer   • Review Modern Apprenticeships in Roads to ensure
provide opportunity to transition into qualified roles
(subject to vacancies). 
• Role requirements have been adjusted to take
account of the HGV License with the opportunity for
candidates to be able to work towards this
qualification within 12 months of being in role. 
Enabled two apprentices to transition into the
permanent Roadworker Driver roles and both are
currently being supported to achieve their HGV
license.
• Review turnover figures for all services and analyse
reasons for leaving and exit questionnaire to
understand areas of improvement - Analysis has
been concluded with action plan to support
improvement. 
• Role profiles in hard to fill
posts / high levels of
turnover to improve
attractiveness of role via
job design and principles of
the fair work - Role profiles
are updated as roles
become vacant however,
further work remains in this
space and will continue in
2025/26 to improve job
quality. 
Page 182

Page 183

11
Regulatory & Regeneration Services, Alan Douglas, Chief
Officer 
• Climate Change & Energy Co-ordinator role being
filled 
• Work has been undertaken to understand the
requirements of a graduate apprentice schemes and
an alternative approach to utilise the existing Modern
Apprenticeship Scheme will be considered in the
future and where budgets allow.
• Revision of recruitment process led to successful
recruitment of external solicitor 
• Within Development Management and Building
Standards Recruitment has been successful into some
vacant posts, with others underway. Actions for each
part of the service are underway, flexible graded
posts to attract a wider pool of candidates has been
successful and consideration of MA roles continue.
Also related to ongoing work at regional and national
levels.
• Review hard to recruit roles
within service - District
Heating Lead Discussions
ongoing with CO and
District Heating Board re
potential solution.
• Whilst steps were taken to
develop the apprenticeship
role in legal, matters were
unable to be progressed
due to funding issues.  
Case Study:
Resources– Finance Services - Succession Planning (Temporary Structure): 
Over the past 12 months we identified three material issues within Finance which, if planned for appropriately, provide an opportunity for succession planning to ensure we meet
and enhance future Council finance support needs. 
1. Multiple Finance Business Partners are approaching retirement age and likely to leave the Council within the next 18-24 months. This will result in the loss of significant
experience of providing financial support across all Council services.  
2. The current finance system is close to end of life and needs replaced.  It is essential we progress with the design and implementation of a new system to ensure the
Council has a fully supported, future proofed finance system.  
3. Following issues during the 2023/24 year-end gaps were identified in the support provided to the Finance Manager in the preparation and compilation of the annual
accounts including support with external audit requirements.
Page 183

Page 184

12
A temporary redesign of the team structure was considered essential to provide capacity to facilitate the timely selection and implementation of a new finance system.  When
considering the new structure consideration was also given to how best to support the Finance Manager for year end and external audit tasks. 
To facilitate the finance system project there was a need to backfill 0.7FTE of a Finance Business Partner role with the remaining 0.3 FTE retained to support the current finance
system while the replacement is ongoing.  Succession planning identified a gap in terms of grades, skillset, and progression opportunity for accountants.  To tackle this, we
backfilled the 0.7 FTE Finance Business Partner post and created a second Finance Business Partner post to take on Revenue consolidation and Capital & Treasury consolidation,
providing a more consolidated approach to reporting.  These posts have been recruited from existing accountants. This created a gap at accountant grade which we have
managed through recruiting a 2-year fixed term accountant. 
These new posts are providing the successful candidates with development opportunities to expand their knowledge, experience and skills and provide resilience within the
finance team.  The temporary restructure has also helped address gaps within the finance team including single points of failure, support for the Finance Manager during year end
and with the external audit process and help enhance current service deliverables and support succession planning within the service.   
The temporary two-year structure will allow further consideration of the Finance team structure required in the future and inform a further phase of re-structure over the next 24
months.  We will continue to monitor and evaluate our approach around succession planning and recruitment following the implementation of the new finance system and as our
priorities shift.  This will provide for the provision of internal opportunities and also help retain and attract finance talent to the Council.  
Priority 3: Roles & Structures
Strategy:
Implement service review process including role design, use of new technology and new ways of working to add resilience, address gaps, and establish opportunities for
efficiencies. 
Service Progress Key Actions Exceptions
Citizens, Culture and Facilities – Amanda Graham, Chief
Officer  
• Successful engagement with Libraries teams in relation to
co-location of libraries to ensure effective transition and
any employee impact is managed in line with policy -
Parkhall, Balloch and Dalmuir libraries have collocated with
employee impact minimised by retaining level of staffing
in each affected branch and working collaboratively on any 
Page 184

Page 185

13
issues.  
• Reviewed actions arising from Libraries Strategy to identify
any workforce implications - Action complete and
monitored as library strategy develops in 2025-26 and is
implemented.  
• Library staff have completed Health Literacy Training, and
a library Health and Wellbeing Group has been formed. A
digital skills audit is currently developed for roll out in
25/26.
• Health Literacy training has been identified as required
and will be delivered by NHS Public Health in 2025.  Digital
skills also require some upskilling to widen digital access
offer in all libraries.
• Identified for implementation a suitable operating model
for Faifley Campus in FM.
Education Learning and Attainment – Laura Mason, Chief
Officer 
• Review of staffing for Riverside completed and
implementation of children's support services review to be
carried forward into 25/26 due to further work carried out
as part of early engagement phase.
• Identify and implement required process improvements in
the applications for school transport
• Automation currently being scoped in terms of admin
tasks alongside opportunities that Sharepoint will bring. 
• Implementation of Parents Portal has enabled tasks and
opportunities to be digitised.   
Housing & Employability – Peter Barry, Chief Officer  • Completion of Building Services Review & embed – delayed
due to Job evaluation requirements. Progress has been
made to enter Phase 3. Still require some posts from Phase
2 to be filled but significant progress made. 
• Resizing of frontline teams in Building Services in line with
service redesign. Completed as part of Phase 3 model of
• Automated Productivity
reports on power BI
dashboards is due to
go live for craft
operatives for further
efficiency.
Page 185

Page 186

14
improvement and moving to implementation.
• Building services reviewed for SOM compliance at SRRG in
January 2025 under Phase 3.
• Implemented additional controls and approval processes
to ensure only necessary works and projects completed
around HRA account. Reduce work to workforce and
turnover. Completed necessary controls for 24/25
reducing costs, work to contractors and overtime. Will
continue into 2025/26
• Further review required of structure due to consultancy
team coming into this area of the service during 2024/25
around HRA account.
• Consultancy Services have embedded in team and a capital
saving has been made.
• Considered Housing Development Structure and Strategic
Operating Model compliance within identified risks around
delivery of housing investment and service priorities. New
service structure provides revenue savings.
• Reviewed CCTV roles and structure.
• Facilitate team development discussions in Working 4U in
line with statutory and funders external strategic plans to
identify current and future service needs and implement
through BTB conversations and developed CPD plans -
Regular 1-1 support and supervision meetings with
individuals and their line managers,  team meetings as
well as management meetings enables discussions about
service delivery with a focus on current and future service
needs in line with external and internal funding
requirements. 
• Consideration of
preparation for
condensed hours in
Building services - still
remains at preparation
stage due to resource
restrictions and delay
of service re-design.
Preparation work has
been completed.
Consultation would be
the next steps
Page 186

Page 187

15
People & Technology – Victoria Rogers, Chief Officer   • P&T Teams are SOM compliant with review of roles
following budget savings and leavers to ensure spread of
tasks and automation where possible. 
• Two new ICT management roles complied with SOM and
budget requirements.
• Review of current ICT structure, teams and roles and
responsibilities to meet needs of Microsoft 365 rollout -
March 25 completed and will continue during 25/26
project rollout.
• Recruitment of fixed term resources to ensure ICT projects
such as remote access and Windows 11 upgrades could
continue.
• Infrastructure Modern Apprentice is in place learning
server, network and cyber areas.
• ICT teams are developing data skills and roles during
Sharepoint implementation.
• Review of Data
Management provision
and re-prioritisation of
needs around function.
Considering how to
develop skills or share
resources - Work on
this area has
commenced. A capital
bid is being considered
for investment in this
area
Resources, Laurence Slavin, Chief Officer  • Review of all roles across Business Support to ensure they
are fit for purpose and in line with current practices. 
• Due to lead authority
model discussions not
progressing the Audit
& Fraud review has
been delayed
Roads & Neighbourhood, Gail McFarlane, Chief Officer   • Analysis of overtime and use of casual workers has been
concluded. There is limited use of casual workers across
the service. Overtime remains an area of consideration in
line with the service needs. Further work continues to
understand if re-modelling the workforce can be achieved
and this will be done in 2025/26.  
• Completion of Roads Service Review to deliver a compliant
service - Analysis has been undertaken and consideration
of statutory requirements is complete.  A review of the
critical roles to ensure resilience is now complete.  A 
Page 187

Page 188

16
proposal is under development and planned to progress in
2025/26.
Regulatory & Regeneration Services, Alan Douglas, Chief
Officer 
• Recruited new members to the core election team to cover
for members who will shortly leave Council employment. 
• Key staff have been identified and trained during two by-
elections and the UK General Election held in 2024.
• Hard to Recruit District Heating Lead role - discussions
underway with CO and District Heating Board.
• Licensing assistants taking on new role and also work
continuing to shadow senior officer. Licensing Standards
officers have supported Trading Standards Officers in
Trading Standards operations.  
• Consideration of MA roles within Development
Management and Building Standards is underway and is
also related to ongoing work at regional and national
levels. Internal recruitment and upskilling existing staff
and supporting professional competence accreditations
(e.g. RICS or RTPI) to be embedded into BTB conversations
and training and development plans. Ongoing support for
officers to take up CPD opportunities. 
• The service has been successful in securing a funded place
on the University of West of Scotland Planning degree
course for a Support Officer within the Technical Support
Team.
• Building Standards - process review and business case for
new Electronic Document Management System to replace
current failing system opportunities for more
automated/efficient workflow is being explored.
• Internal recruitment to the Lead Building Standards
Surveyor post has been successful. Recruitment is
underway to fill 3 vacant posts but as that represents 60%
• SOM Compliance -
Ongoing discussions to
identify issues.  
• Procurement - looked
to improve internal
team development
through CPD and
involvement in more
complex tasks. Cannot
fully complete as the
single point of failure
identified. Currently
looking at alternative
ways of securing
additional resource.
Page 188

Page 189

17
of the team, agency support requires to be continued
which will be stepped down as posts are filled to
establishment levels.
Case Study:
Roads & Neighbourhood – Waste Services - Analysis of Overtime:
The Service has undertaken a Fit for Future service review and an element of this was reviewing overtime payments with a view to reducing. This identified a reliance on
drivers from out with the Waste service area to cover where shortages were occurring at an additional cost. This was due to not having adequate drivers with the
required skills within waste service and evidenced a reliance on drivers from out with the service to deliver an essential service.  A skills gap analysis was therefore
undertaken to identify operatives that could be upskilled to provide the required resilience and a training programme implemented.
In addition, the introduction and use of the missed bin bot has provided information to support the service to programme service activities more effectively and to
reduce the services reliance on overtime to ensure bin uplifts are completed. The outcome is that the level of overtime incurred has reduced and the resilience of the
wider service has increased.  
The next steps will be to analyse and identify if there is a future phase of implementation that provides increased resilience across the service.  As the service continues
to explore opportunities across the wider Roads and Neighbourhood Service we would anticipate that this will support workforce planning and retention, skills shortage
and mitigate the impacts of a workforce where a number of individuals are approaching retirement age in the near future. 
4. Skills & Capabilities 
Strategy
Develop and implement training plans and development opportunities to improve capabilities and resilience within the workforce. 
Service Progress Key Actions Exceptions
Citizens, Culture and Facilities – Amanda Graham, Chief
Officer  
• Upskilling for web team to be implemented to support
replacement of Caboodle system - The site is live and been
used. The site was reviewed where Contact Centre raised a
few issues and able to resolves these and so far, is a
success. 
• Contact Centre team to be upskilled in relation to changes
in complaints procedure - all staff were reminded/updated
on the complaints process.   
Page 189

Page 190

18
• Upskilling in relation to service design to take place in
Facilities Management and knowledge of HR practices to be
embedded across team for Team Leaders.
• New practices in place from audit actions in FM. Training
session at welcome back meetings on new processes Stock
training.
Education Learning and Attainment – Laura Mason, Chief
Officer 
• Session on workforce console delivered to Head Teachers,
flexible working briefing developed for Head Teachers
(delivery scheduled for early 25/26.  
• Work is ongoing with the development of the staffing model
being undertaken and consideration being given as to how
the new space can be most effectively used.  Due for
completion in 25/26 once new space is operational at
Faifley Campus
• Identified leadership structure required for Faifley campus
and implement as far as possible in time for opening -
Consultation commenced and scheduled to be completed in
time for opening.
• Participate as required and identify actions from national
project to assess skills required by Teachers in the
classroom and leadership capabilities - Achieved for this
year; work with West Partnership on self-evaluation moving
into next year.  Learning from care inspections now
identified and to be taken forward in 25/26. 
Housing & Employability – Peter Barry, Chief Officer  • All front-line managers completing ilearn course and new
manager induction. Work is still on-going around this and
for refresher training and will continue into 25/26 in
Building Services.
• Review of Skills gaps for New Technology, net zero &
legislation continuing
• Review of training needs for Housing in line with Succession
• Build on Housing
Academy –
Progress limited
due to
resourcing
pressures in
Housing and
Page 190

Page 191

19
planning outcomes
• Upskilling of Senior Caretaker roles for 1st line
Management capabilities
• 3-year Continuous Development Plan to scope and identify
additional skill requirements for W4U - Staff have
participated in training from HSCP partners on trauma
informed practice and using online resources to support
mental wellbeing for service users.
• Staff, volunteers and partners are supported to deliver high
quality Community Learning opportunities through
Education Scotland delivering sessions to stakeholders and
the Regional Learning festival offering a range of CPD
learning both online and in-person. Staff development is a
main theme within the 3 Year CLD Plan for West
Dunbartonshire 24-27.
• Relevant staff are encouraged to attend national networks –
SLAED, CLDMS to ensure their knowledge on national
developments remains up to date.
• A training needs analysis with Welfare Rights and Macmillan
Money staff has identified those who require Appeals
training which is a priority for 25/26.
W4U, to be
carried over in
2025/26
• Development of
Assistant
Housing Officer
skills and
development
matrix 
People & Technology – Victoria Rogers, Chief Officer   • Self learning and development is identified, encouraged and
supported.
• Ensure learning and development within HR Adviser roles
following known turnover of employees - ongoing with a
particular look at digital.
• All teams have attended available training, take advantage
of CPD opportunities and look for networking and
development opportunities both internal and externally
• ICT team development continues with training and skills
focus on recent new technologies such as M365 and
• Digital skills
training has
been provided
but take up has
been limited.
This has also
been seen with
automation,
further
investment and
Page 191

Page 192

20
Remote Access deployment.
• All cyber analysts have attended industry standard training
to improve skillset and knowledge. The team are also cross
skilling where possible. The council has received additional
Cyber training budget, and this will be used wider across
the ICT team improve Cyber skills.
• Investment in leadership development will continue each
year. Section Leads are attending SOCITIM and GCU courses
to improve skills. New line managers are attending Council
leadership development courses.
a mindset shift
required in this
area to ensure
WDC does not
fall behind
especially given
the volume of
work nationally
Resources, Laurence Slavin, Chief Officer  • Asset management and Business Support will continue to
work with ICT and Digital teams to explore opportunities
and ways to deploy the same
• For O365 that has been implemented, Finance have had
appropriate training.  
• Structure in place for Finance team for shadowing allowing
for learning and development across the team as people
take on new roles and responsibilities.  
• Further work
required in Audit
& Fraud team to
Ensure
development of
digital skills in
line with roll out
of new
technologies
(O365) and new
ways of working
for automation
of processes
Roads & Neighbourhood, Gail McFarlane, Chief Officer   • Opportunities are being identified and explored with
Glasgow City Council under the Net Zero Collaboration
Agreement. This allows the service to be upskilled through
shared learning and to provide upskilling opportunities to
our partner.  
• Targeted training has been delivered in Roads, Greenspace
& Waste and competence in this area is being monitored. 
All new line managers attend the New Managers Induction 
Page 192

Page 193

21
programme.
• Upskilling of HGV Drivers to be able to meet winter gritting
demands
Regulatory & Regeneration Services, Alan Douglas, Chief
Officer 
• CPD options have been challenging as they have
predominantly been limited to no cost solutions. Team
meetings are focused on providing learning via
Procurement Manager, team bringing lessons learned, guest
speakers both internal and external. 
• Work has been undertaken to ensure team members are
aware of the benefits of CPD to support succession
planning and career development. Regular Be the Best
conversations support these discussions throughout the
team. Plans are in place to support further development
throughout 2025/26.
• Details circulated of relevant CPD opportunities on a regular
basis and encouragement given to attend CPD. Funds made
available to allow solicitors to attend the SOLAR Spring
conference. Also, CPD facilitated for Trading Standards in
relation to area identified as development need.  
• Solicitors attending committee meetings. Solicitors in the
Litigation section shadowing colleagues dealing with other
types of work. Solicitor in Contracts & Property Section has
shadowed Litigation Solicitor dealing with a Child Protection
Order.  
• Building Services have been successful in securing a funded
place on the University of West of Scotland Planning Degree
course for a Support Officer within the Technical Support
Team. The officer is being supported as a trainee planner,
whilst carrying out the support officer function, aiding
future resilience to support the continued development of
the planning profession to address a nationwide shortage 
Page 193

Page 194

22
of planners. 
• Consideration of MA roles within Development Management
and Building Standards is underway and is also related to
ongoing work at regional and national levels. Internal
recruitment and upskilling existing staff and supporting
professional competence accreditations. 
Case Study:
Regulatory & Regeneration Services – Planning, Building Standards and Environmental Health – Development Management and Building Standards Skills and Resources:
All parts of the service have had difficulty recruiting due to several factors, but a significant one being the nationwide shortage of qualified officers entering the system to
replace natural loss (for example due to retirement or move to other parts of the profession, i.e. the private sector).
Within Planning, this has been recognised nationally by the Scottish Government and by the professional body that represents planners, the Royal Town Planning Institute
(RTPI), and a number of workstreams are underway at a national level to address this, including supporting courses and providing bursaries to encourage intake into the
system. Building Standards have similar issues, although not to the same extent as planning at a national level, and the Scottish Building Standards Hub and Building
Standards Division (Scottish Government) continue to support a variety of options to increase the intake of qualified surveyors into the system, including Modern
Apprenticeships and day release courses to HNC/HND level.
The Planning, Building Standards and Environmental Health Service has a strong commitment to supporting the growth and development of individuals to support career
aspirations and resilience within the team, and supporting our respective professions. Several colleagues within the service have expressed interest in developing their own
skills and gaining qualifications to allow them to move into either planning officer or building standards surveyor roles and we have supported them to do so. In December
2024 we were successful in gaining a fully funded place on a new 18-month planning course at the University of West of Scotland, which was initially taken up by a Support
Officer within the Technical Support Team. Similarly, the service is currently working towards supporting another officer to attend a fully funded 2-year day release HNC
course in Architectural Technology as part of a pathway to a career in Building Standards. 
Gaining a qualification whilst working in the service is a route we will continue to explore as part of a future workforce planning exercise, expected within the next 12 months.
In the short term, the service is working towards establishing a formal role, within existing structures, to support the HNC course and resilience within Building Standards. In
addition to these workstreams, to support individuals and service resilience, existing officers are encouraged to undertake actions to support their continued professional
development and where applicable, encouraged to gain professional accreditation by their professional body. 
Page 194

Page 195

Appendix 2 – Workforce Profile and Monitoring Report – 31st March 2025
This appendix provides information on the workforce demographic, allowing for monitoring of trends and consideration of workforce
impacts and includes headcount, contract status, grade, sex and gender profiles, length of service, new starts, turnover and leavers
and analysis of employees released through early retirement and voluntary severance. Also included is information relating to
redeployment through the SWITCH process and sickness absence.
1. Headcount
Table 1.1 below relates to the year-end workforce profile as at 31st March 2025 and examines changes in that profile over time.
Table 1.1 
When compared to the same period last year the headcount has decreased by 110 overall. This is due to reductions of 249
permanent contracts and 10 apprenticeships but an increase of 49 fixed term contracts. The casual headcount has increased by 9
and invigilators by 2. 
Apprentice Fixed-Term Permanent Total Casual Invigilators
Citizen Culture & Facilities 0 53 585 667 29 0
Education 5 119 925 1169 41 79
Housing 36 29 502 569 2 0
People & Technology 1 19 191 211 0 0
Regulatory & Regeneration 0 4 105 114 5 0
Resources 0 6 164 170 0 0
Roads & Neighbourhood 17 48 366 459 28 0
Chief Exec Office 59 278 2838 3359 105 79
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0 23 229 278 26 0
Community Health & Care 0 97 859 1012 56 0
Finance & Resources 0 1 5 6 0 0
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0 2 128 130 0 0
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 1 33 34 0 0
Health & Social Care Partnership 0 124 1254 1460 82 0
Strategic Management 0 0 12 12 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 59 402 4104 4565 187 79
Education (Teachers) 0 156 870 1026 438 0
Council Wide Total 59 558 4974 5591 625 79
Page 195

Page 196

Table 1.2 shows this year’s figures compared to the last 5 years and illustrates a reduction in apprenticeship roles since 2024, after
seeing an increase between 2023 – 2024. It also captures the steady decline in the workforce; -2.5% in the permanent headcount
with an increase of 1% in the fixed term headcount. 
Table 1.2 Headcount Variance 
Table 1.3 below provides more information on the variance across all services with the comparison data illustrating the steady
reduction of the workforce. 
Table 1.3 Variance across services (in headcount) 
No. % of Total Yrly Var No. % of Total Yrly Var No. % of Total Yrly Var No. Yrly Var
31/03/2021 73 1.23% -18% 552 9.29% -5% 5318 89.48% 2% 5943 1%
31/03/2022 54 0.91% -7% 527 8.91% -1% 5335 90.18% 1% 5916 -1%
31/03/2023 62 1.06% 1% 485 8.26% -1% 5326 90.69% -1% 5873 -1%
31/03/2024 69 1.17% 1% 509 8.92% 4% 5123 91.44% -3% 5701 -3%
31/03/2025 59 1.05% 0.00% 558 9.98% 1% 4974 88.96% -2.50% 5591 -2%
Total
31/03/2021 - 31/03/2025
Overall Headcount Variance Apprentices Fixed Term Permanent
2025 compared to 2024
Citizen Culture & Facilities 0 -1 53 18 585 -45 638 -28
Education 5 -2 119 9 925 -28 1049 -21
Housing 36 -3 29 21 502 -41 567 -23
People & Technology 1 1 19 1 191 3 211 5
Regulatory & Regeneration 0 -1 4 -3 105 4 109 0
Resources 0 -3 6 4 164 -1 170 0
Roads & Neighbourhood 17 0 48 16 366 21 431 37
Chief Exec Office 59 -9 278 24 2838 -87 3175 -72
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0 0 23 5 229 0 252 5
Community Health & Care 0 0 97 54 859 -52 956 2
Finance & Resources 0 0 1 -1 5 0 6 -1
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0 -1 2 -12 128 2 130 -11
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0 1 1 33 2 34 3
Health & Social Care Partnership 0 -1 124 47 1254 -48 1378 -2
Strategic Management 0 0 0 0 12 1 12 1
Local Government Employees Total 59 -10 402 71 4104 -136 4565 -75
Education (Teachers) 0 0 156 -22 870 13 1026 -9
Council Wide Total 59 -10 558 49 4974 -149 5591 -110
Apprentice Fixed-Term Permanent Total
Page 196

Page 197

During the reporting period 2024/25 there has been changes in the structures for Citizen Culture & Facilities (CCF) and Housing
which is reflective of the re-structures that are currently in progress resulting in savings being made, turnover and also an increase
in temporary contracts to ensure resilience during implementation. During 2024/5 this also saw the re-structure of various teams
including Working 4U moving to Roads and Neighbourhood, increasing headcount in this service with a relative headcount
decrease in Housing. 
Table 1.4 Casual Variance
Table 1.4 shows the casual variance headcount compared to last year and shows an increase of 9 casual workers registered for
work with the Council. Invigilators were previously reported in this category but have been separated as they are not covered by
any bargaining group (Local Government or Teachers) and their pay is reclaimed from SQA. 
Casual   Invigilators  
Citizen Culture & Facilities 29 6 0 0
Education 41 -21 79 2
Housing 2 0 0 0
People & Technology 0 0 0 0
Regulatory & Regeneration 5 0 0 0
Resources 0 0 0 0
Roads & Neighbourhood 28 3 0 0
Chief Exec Office 105 -12 79 2
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 26 6 0 0
Community Health & Care 56 -8 0 0
Finance & Resources 0 0 0 0
Mental Health Addiction & Learning
Disabilities 0 0 0 0
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0 0 0
Health & Social Care Partnership 82 2 0 0
Strategic Management 0 0 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 187 -14 79 2
Education (Teachers) 438 23 0 0
Council Wide Total 625 9 79 2 
Page 197

Page 198

2. Full time Equivalent
Table 2.1 
Table 2.2 Overall FTE Variance 
Trends indicate a continuing increase in fixed term contracts and a reduction in permanent contracts continuing into 2024/25. 
Apprentice Fixed-Term Permanent Total
Citizen Culture & Facilities 0.00 24.67 385.85 410.52
Education 5.00 86.56 742.73 834.29
Housing 36.00 28.29 479.14 543.43
People & Technology 1.00 19.00 173.65 193.65
Regulatory & Regeneration 0.00 3.80 99.40 103.20
Resources 0.00 6.00 148.80 154.80
Roads & Neighbourhood 17.00 44.25 335.72 396.97
Chief Exec Office 59.00 212.56 2365.29 2636.86
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0.00 21.20 202.84 224.04
Community Health & Care 0.00 67.44 639.13 706.56
Finance & Resources 0.00 1.00 4.80 5.80
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0.00 2.00 109.92 111.92
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0.00 1.00 30.04 31.04
Health & Social Care Partnership 0.00 92.64 986.73 1079.37
Strategic Management 0.00 0.00 12.00 12.00
Local Government Employees Total 59.00 305.20 3364.02 3728.22
Education (Teachers) 0.00 142.60 788.50 931.10
Council Wide Total 59.00 447.80 4152.52 4659.32
No. % of Total Yrly Var No. % of Total Yrly Var No. % of Total Yrly Var No. Yrly Var
31/03/2021 73 1.47% -21% 464 9.31% -9% 4441 89.22% 2% 4977 -18%
31/03/2022 54 1.09% -35% 439 8.88% -6% 4453 90.03% 0% 4947 -1%
31/03/2023 61 1.24% 11% 414 8.43% -6% 4433 90.33% 0% 4908 -1%
31/03/2024 68 1.00% 1% 423 8.80% 1% 4269 89.68% -3% 4760 -4%
31/03/2025 59 1.26% -13% 448 9.61% 6% 4153 89.14% -2% 4659 -2%
Overall FTE Variance   
31/03/2021 - 31/03/2025
Apprentices Fixed Term Permanent Total
Page 198

Page 199

3. Fixed Term Contracts 
There are 558 employees working on a fixed term basis and 143 of these hold fixed term contracts which have a duration
exceeding 2 years (relevant for various employment rights). This is an increase from the previous year. The table below
illustrates the location of these employees and compares to last year. The increase in Housing fixed term contracts is
reflective of the current re-structure being implemented a number of internal candidates taking promoted secondments and
redeployments for service delivery resilience. The movement of Working 4U into Roads and Neighbourhood would have also
increased their temporary contract number due to a number of posts being linked to external funding.
Table 3.1 
2024 2025
Citizen Culture & Facilities 4 2
Education 23 31
Housing 43 24
People & Technology 5 4
Regulatory & Regeneration 5 4
Resources 3 2
Roads & Neighbourhood 22 39
Chief Exec Office 105 106
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 4 7
Community Health & Care 4 4
Finance & Resources 1 0
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 5 0
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0
Health & Social Care Partnership 14 11
Strategic Management 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 119 117
Education (Teachers) 17 26
Council Wide Total 136 143
Page 199

Page 200

4. Full time / Part time Split
Table 4.1 
The number of full time contracts has reduced this year by 105 and the number of part time contracts has also decreased by 5
reflective of the drop in headcount. 
Full-Time Part-Time
Citizen Culture & Facilities 132 506
Education 388 661
Housing 485 82
People & Technology 163 48
Regulatory & Regeneration 89 20
Resources 118 52
Roads & Neighbourhood 355 76
Chief Exec Office 1730 1445
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 186 66
Community Health & Care 177 779
Finance & Resources 5 1
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 67 63
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 26 8
Health & Social Care Partnership 461 917
Strategic Management 12 0
Local Government Employees Total 2203 2362
Education (Teachers) 710 316
Council Wide Total 2913 2678
Page 200

Page 201

5. Grade Profile 
Table 5.1 
As shown above the most prominent grade amongst Local Government Employees remains Grade 4, followed by Grade 3. For
teachers the most prominent grade remains a Main Grade Teacher. 
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Number of staff under each grade
Page 201

Page 202

6. Sex Profile
Table 6.1 
The sex profile remains consistent with 73.6% of the workforce female and 26.4% male. There are no significant changes across
the workforce with female predominance in Education and HSCP and male predominance in Roads and Neighbourhood and
Housing & Employability. 
Headcount Percentage Headcount Percentage
Citizen Culture & Facilities 539 84.5% 99 15.5%
Education 978 93.2% 71 6.8%
Housing 149 26.3% 418 73.7%
People & Technology 141 66.8% 70 33.2%
Regulatory & Regeneration 66 60.6% 43 39.4%
Resources 106 62.4% 64 37.6%
Roads & Neighbourhood 86 20.0% 345 80.0%
Chief Exec Office 2065 65.0% 1110 35.0%
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 208 82.5% 44 17.5%
Community Health & Care 877 91.7% 79 8.3%
Finance & Resources 6 100.0% 0 0.0%
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 83 63.8% 47 36.2%
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 29 85.3% 5 14.7%
Health & Social Care Partnership 1203 87.3% 175 12.7%
Strategic Management 8 66.7% 4 33.3%
Local Government Employees Total 3276 71.8% 1289 28.2%
Education (Teachers) 839 81.8% 187 18.2%
Council Wide Total 4115 73.6% 1476 26.4%
Female Male
Page 202

Page 203

7. Age Profile
Table 7.1   
The distribution curve for the age demographic across the council remains consistent with previous years. The highest proportion of
people are in the 55-59 age group, with age groups 40-44, 60-64, and 45-49 being the next age groups with the highest proportion.
The percentage of employees working past 65 across the council has remained consistent since the previous period. 
16-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65+
Citizen Culture & Facilities 0.8% 3.3% 4.5% 7.7% 11.4% 12.1% 9.9% 11.0% 14.7% 17.6% 7.1%
Education 1.4% 4.6% 4.2% 5.8% 5.1% 12.1% 11.4% 13.0% 16.9% 15.5% 10.0%
Housing 1.2% 3.6% 5.6% 8.6% 10.5% 12.5% 12.0% 12.6% 15.6% 12.9% 4.9%
People & Technology 1.2% 3.6% 5.6% 8.6% 10.5% 12.5% 12.0% 12.6% 15.6% 12.9% 4.9%
Regulatory & Regeneration 0.0% 0.8% 7.5% 8.3% 12.3% 15.5% 13.9% 13.1% 13.5% 9.1% 6.0%
Resources 0.3% 2.8% 4.7% 8.9% 9.7% 8.4% 8.7% 12.7% 19.9% 17.2% 6.8%
Roads & Neighbourhood 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 16.7% 16.7% 0.0% 0.0% 50.0% 0.0% 16.7% 0.0%
Chief Exec Office 1.2% 3.6% 5.6% 8.6% 10.5% 12.5% 12.0% 12.6% 15.6% 12.9% 4.9%
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0.0% 0.8% 7.5% 8.3% 12.3% 15.5% 13.9% 13.1% 13.5% 9.1% 6.0%
Community Health & Care 0.3% 2.8% 4.7% 8.9% 9.7% 8.4% 8.7% 12.7% 19.9% 17.2% 6.8%
Finance & Resources 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 16.7% 16.7% 0.0% 0.0% 50.0% 0.0% 16.7% 0.0%
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0.0% 0.8% 3.1% 8.5% 8.5% 11.5% 13.8% 18.5% 17.7% 14.6% 3.1%
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0.0% 0.0% 2.9% 5.9% 5.9% 14.7% 26.5% 11.8% 11.8% 17.6% 2.9%
Health & Social Care Partnership 0.2% 2.2% 5.0% 8.7% 10.0% 10.1% 10.5% 13.4% 18.2% 15.5% 6.2%
Strategic Management 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 16.7% 41.7% 8.3% 33.3% 0.0%
Local Government Employees Total 0.9% 3.1% 5.4% 8.6% 10.3% 11.7% 11.6% 12.9% 16.4% 13.8% 5.3%
Education (Teachers) 0.0% 3.0% 11.2% 16.4% 15.4% 17.0% 13.5% 9.6% 9.6% 2.8% 1.6%
Council Wide Total 0.7% 3.1% 6.5% 10.1% 11.3% 12.7% 11.9% 12.3% 15.1% 11.8% 4.6%
Page 203

Page 204

8. Length of Service 
Table 8.1 
The distribution of Length of service has remained consistent with 2024, with the highest percentage remaining within 10 years or
more. 
* Above data pertains to West Dunbartonshire Council service only (excluding continuous service with any public authority to which
the redundancy Payments Modification Order (Local Government) 1983 (as amended applies). 
Headcount Percentage Headcount Percentage Headcount Percentage
Citizen Culture & Facilities 58 9.1% 284 44.5% 296 46.4%
Education 66 6.3% 537 51.2% 446 42.5%
Housing 25 4.4% 236 41.6% 306 54.0%
People & Technology 18 8.5% 91 43.1% 102 48.3%
Regulatory & Regeneration 8 7.3% 48 44.0% 53 48.6%
Resources 11 6.5% 38 22.4% 121 71.2%
Roads & Neighbourhood 28 6.5% 169 39.2% 234 54.3%
Chief Exec Office 214 6.7% 1403 44.2% 1558 49.1%
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 19 7.5% 92 36.5% 141 56.0%
Community Health & Care 101 10.6% 458 47.9% 397 41.5%
Finance & Resources 1 16.7% 1 16.7% 4 66.7%
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 6 4.6% 49 37.7% 75 57.7%
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 1 2.9% 12 35.3% 21 61.8%
Health & Social Care Partnership 128 9.3% 612 44.4% 638 46.3%
Strategic Management 0 0.0% 6 50.0% 6 50.0%
Local Government Employees Total 342 7.5% 2021 44.3% 2202 48.2%
Education (Teachers) 57 5.6% 427 41.6% 542 52.8%
Council Wide Total 399 7.1% 2448 43.8% 2744 49.1%
Less than 1 year 1 to 9 years 10 or more years
Page 204

Page 205

9. New Starts
Table 9.1 
399 new employees joined the council in 2024/25 which is a decrease of 33 from last year. The table below shows this information
by service and contract type. The largest percentage reduction in new starts is shown in Modern Apprenticeships. 
Apprentice Fixed-Term Permanent Total
Citizen Culture & Facilities 0 35 23 58
Education 2 45 19 66
Housing 6 5 14 25
People & Technology 1 8 9 18
Regulatory & Regeneration 0 0 8 8
Resources 0 3 8 11
Roads & Neighbourhood 6 4 18 28
Chief Exec Office 15 100 99 214
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0 5 14 19
Community Health & Care 0 58 43 101
Finance & Resources 0 1 0 1
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0 1 5 6
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0 1 1
Health & Social Care Partnership 0 65 63 128
Strategic Management 0 0 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 15 165 162 342
Education (Teachers) 0 46 11 57
Council Wide Total 15 211 173 399
Page 205

Page 206

10. Turnover
Table 10.1 
The information above presents a decrease in turnover since the previous period, with a drop of 2.8% in total turnover. The leaver’s
information in section 11 outlines that the vast majority of leavers remain as resignations and age retirals. Within the Roads &
Neighbourhoods service there has been an increase in leavers since the year before and on further analysis the highest proportion
of leavers left through resignations with this totalling 18 of the 60. A further 17 left due to age & ill health retirals, and 6 staff left due
to end of contract dismissals. 
Staff at 1
April 2024
Staff at 1
April 2025 Average
Leavers in
Last 12
Months
Turnover %
Citizen Culture & Facilities 666 638 652 103 15.8%
Education 1070 1049 1060 159 15.0%
Housing 632 567 600 41 6.8%
People & Technology 206 211 209 18 8.6%
Regulatory & Regeneration 109 109 109 17 15.6%
Resources 170 170 170 17 10.0%
Roads & Neighbourhood 394 431 413 60 14.5%
Chief Exec Office 3247 3175 3211 415 12.9%
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 247 252 250 24 9.6%
Community Health & Care 954 956 955 138 14.5%
Finance & Resources 7 6 7 2 30.8%
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 141 130 136 11 8.1%
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 31 34 33 0 0.0%
Health & Social Care Partnership 1380 1378 1379 175 12.7%
Strategic Management 13 12 13 0 0.0%
Local Government Employees Total 4640 4565 4602.5 590 12.8%
Education (Teachers) 1061 1026 1044 98 9.4%
Council Wide Total 5701 5591 5646 688 12.2%
Page 206

Page 207

11. Leavers
The numbers of leavers has decreased in 2025 by 180 in comparison to 2024’s 868 leavers. 2024 was an increase from 855
employees leaving the organisation in 2023 compared to 795 in 2022, 490 in 2021, and 457 in 2020. Due to number of reasons for
leaving the table has been split into two parts.
This section will also detail employees who have accepted Early Retirement –Efficiencies / Redundancy, Flexible Retirement and
Retirement between 55 – 59 years of age during the reporting period. It also notes the employees who have been added to the
SWITCH Register.
Table 11.1 Leavers 
Death in
Service
Dismissal -
End of Cont
Dismissal -
Ill Heath
Dismissal -
Summary
Dismissal -
With Notice
Employee
Not Started
Multi Post
to Main Redundancy Resignation Retiral - Age Retiral -
Efficiency
Citizen Culture & Facilities * 6 9 * * * 6 * 48 16 *
Education * 23 5 0 * * 13 0 74 25 0
Housing 0 * * 0 * 0 0 0 22 9 *
People & Technology 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 * 6 * *
Regulatory & Regeneration * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 7 * *
Resources 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 8 0
Roads & Neighbourhood * 6 * * 0 0 * 5 18 12 *
Chief Exec Office * 42 18 * 6 * 20 9 180 77 12
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice * * * 0 0 0 0 0 12 5 0
Community Health & Care * * 11 * * * 6 0 69 19 0
Finance & Resources 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 0
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 * 7 * 0
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Health & Social Care Partnership * 6 12 * * * 6 * 89 25 0
Strategic Management 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 7 48 30 8 9 5 26 10 269 102 12
Education (Teachers) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 0
Council Wide Total 7 48 30 8 9 5 26 10 273 102 12
Page 207

Page 208

* Figures of under 5 have been removed and replaced with a * due to the possible identification of individuals. 
Table 11.2 Voluntary Early Retirement and Voluntary Severance (VS/VER - Efficiency/Redundancy) 
There had been a decline in employees being released through VER/VS since March 2024 however, due to the 2045/45 savings
options a number of applications are still being considered and so this figure is likely to increase in 2025/6 depending on budget
saving options. 
Retiral -
Ill Health
Retiral on
Option (60+)
Severance
- Efficiency
Teacher - End
Fixed Term
Teacher -
Ill Health
Teacher -
Other
Teacher -
Retirement Age
Teacher -
Retirement Oth
Teacher - Vol
Resign Oth
Unused
Casual Total
Citizen Culture & Facilities 5 * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 103
Education * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 * 159
Housing * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41
People & Technology * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18
Regulatory & Regeneration 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17
Resources 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17
Roads & Neighbourhood 5 * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60
Chief Exec Office 17 11 9 * 0 0 0 0 0 * 415
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24
Community Health & Care 11 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 138
Finance & Resources 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 *
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Health & Social Care Partnership 11 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 175
Strategic Management 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 28 22 9 * 0 0 0 0 0 * 590
Education (Teachers) 0 0 0 39 0 0 0 18 37 0 98
Council Wide Total 28 22 9 42 0 0 0 18 37 * 688
VER/VS 01/04 - 30/09 01/10 - 31/03 Annual Council Wide Total
31/03/2021 1 1 2
31/03/2022 0 0 0
31/03/2023 0 9 9
31/03/2024 46 2 48
31/03/2025 13 16 29
Page 208

Page 209

Table 11.3 Retirements 55-59 
The Local Government Pension Scheme allows scheme members to retire from age 55 without employer consent. The terms of
this provision allow members to access their pension benefits with an actuarial reduction applied (to compensate the fund for the
member taking their benefits early) with no consequential costs for the council. There has been an increase of employees retiring
and accessing their pension benefits since 2021 until the current period.  
Table 11.4 Flexible Retirement 
Flexible retirement is available to members of the Local Government Pension Scheme, excluding teachers.  The approval of those
employees granted flexible retirement is monitored by the Chief Officer, People and Technology and the Chief Officer, Resources. 
Every effort is being made to support flexible retirement requests where possible and services regularly revisit applications with a
view to release.
The table above shows the number of flexible retirements released in the period for this year and previous four reporting periods for
comparison purposes. There has been a decrease this year for flexible retirement with this year’s figure showing the lowest figure
since 2022. This decrease could be reflected on the 2024 pension Strain increase with less flexible retirements being released due
to the cost. 
55-59 01/04 - 30/09 01/10 - 31/03 Annual Council Wide Total
31/03/2021 3 4 7
31/03/2022 0 5 5
31/03/2023 6 4 10
31/03/2024 10 3 13
31/03/2025 8 8 16
Flexible 01/04 - 30/09 01/10 - 31/03 Annual Council Wide Total
31/03/2021 30 15 45
31/03/2022 10 28 38
31/03/2023 19 26 45
31/03/2024 23 39 62
31/03/2025 26 12 38
Page 209

Page 210

It is anticipated that Flexible Retirement will continue to be a popular option for employees who wish to work in a reduced capacity
and access their pension whilst enabling the Council to retain their skills and experience, however the trend of a reduction in those
released may continue due to the costs associated. 
12.  SWITCH (Redeployment)
Redeployment is monitored and delivered centrally by Strategic HR.  Employees are added to the SWITCH register for a number of
different reasons:- 
• Through organisational change employees may be displaced, at risk of redundancy or placed in lower graded posts;
• Due to ill-health they may become unable to continue in their substantive post;
• Through Job Evaluation where a post is evaluated lower than the current grade;
• Or where an employee is coming to the end of a fixed term contract and has more than 2 years’ service.   
To support employees to return to their previous rate of pay all employees who have been matched but remain on pay protection
are also retained on the register. 
Table 12.1 below details the number of employees who were on the redeployment register at the start of the reporting period
(01/04/2024), the number who joined the register in the 6 months up to 30/09/2024 and 31/03/2025 and the number who remain on
the register at the end of the reporting period (31/03/2025).   
Page 210

Page 211

Table 12.1 SWITCH 
There has been a significant decrease in the number of employees being added to the Redeployment (SWITCH) Register between
1st April 2024 and 31st March 2025 and from 2023/24 with numbers decreasing in the category of organisational change. It has
been recognised that there has been some challenges around employees willingness to enter the SWITCH process and the figures
outlined above are for those who have completed a skills profiles. Discussions have been held with Trade Unions and managers in
relation to the benefits of SWITCH and with employees within consultations for service re-designs. The Council holds a duty of care
towards individuals and they will be automatically listed on SWITCH going forward where their roles are at risk. 
Reason
Number of
employees
on the
Register at
the start of
the period
(01/04/2024)
Number of
employees
added
during the
period
Number of
employees
removed
during the
period
Number of
Employees on
the register at
the end of the
period
(30/09/2024)
Number of
employees
added during
the period
Number of
employees
removed
during the
period
Number of
Employees on
the register at
the end of the
period
(31/03/2025)
Ill Health (Capability) 6 2 0 6 0 3 3
Ill health (Disability) 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
Organisational Change 22 2 4 9 1 2 8
Other Process 2 1 1 2 0 1 1
TOTALS 31 6 5 18 1 7 12
Pay Protection 2 0 0 2 0 0 2
Page 211

Page 212

Apprentices
Table 13.1 
The number of apprenticeships supported by the council in Level 2 and Level 3 has decreased by 10. A reduction has been seen
across Citizen Culture & Facilities, Education and Housing & Employability with five less Level 3 Apprentices in comparison to
2023/24. There has also been a reduction within Roads & Neighbourhoods with five less Level 2 Apprentices, however there has
been a direct increase in Level 3, with apprentices moving up to the next level buy maybe not replaced at the entry level. 
Level 2 Level 3 Total
Citizen Culture & Facilities 0 0 0
Education 0 5 5
Housing 0 36 36
People & Technology 0 1 1
Regulatory & Regeneration 0 0 0
Resources 0 0 0
Roads & Neighbourhood 5 12 17
Chief Exec Office 5 54 59
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 0 0 0
Community Health & Care 0 0 0
Finance & Resources 0 0 0
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 0 0 0
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 0 0 0
Health & Social Care Partnership 0 0 0
Strategic Management 0 0 0
Local Government Employees Total 5 54 59
Education (Teachers) 0 0 0
Council Wide Total 5 54 59
Page 212

Page 213

13. Sickness Absence
From 1st April 2024 to 31st March 2025, there was an increase in Council wide sickness absence to 66814.70 FTE days lost
compared to 65263.95 in 2023/24 with 14.3 FTE workdays lost per employee being reported, an increase from 13.74 in 2023/24.
The highest absence still remains in the front-line employee service areas. Implementation of employee engagement and wellbeing
practices continue and hope to bring improvements for future periods. 
Table 14.1 Annual Absence for Council
The table below illustrates the reasons for absence distribution across the year and Minor Illness is the highest category of absence
followed by personal stress and acute medical conditions which were the same 3 highest categories in 2023/24. Full details and
analysis of sickness absence is covered in the wellbeing report submitted to committee. 
FTE
Employees
AR1 -
Minor
Illness
AR2 -
Back
Pain
AR3 -
Musculo-
skeletal
Injuries
AR4 -
Stress
Personal
AR5 - Recur
Medical
Condition
AR6 -
Injury/Accident
(Non Work)
AR7 -
Injury/Accident
(Work)
AR8 -
Mental
Health
AR9 - Acute
Medical
Conditions
AR10 -
Pregnancy
Related
AR11 -
Drink/Drug
Related
AR12 -
Stress -
Work
Related
AR15 -
Long
Covid
Total
Days
Lost
FTE
Days
Lost
Total FTE
Days Lost
by FTE
Employee
Citizen Culture & Facilities 410.52 3144.95 855.1 2,150.2 2,030.0 996.1 694.0 44.0 2,025.5 3,118.3 251.0 0.0 549.1 87.9 15,946.1 6,679.2 16.3
Education 834.29 4788.87 274.6 1,297.6 3,766.9 1,805.2 384.9 913.1 1,763.4 3,274.8 421.1 0.0 1,324.4 207.1 20,221.9 12,572.8 15.1
Housing & Employability / Housing 543.43 2624.88 383.1 942.2 1,729.2 552.4 132.9 470.8 764.6 1,898.8 25.2 0.0 1,406.3 0.0 10,930.4 7,417.8 13.7
People & Technology 193.65 318.63 197.6 59.9 93.6 16.8 50.0 52.4 257.9 460.1 0.0 5.0 41.4 0.0 1,553.3 1,179.3 6.1
Regulatory & Regeneration 103.20 133.51 0.0 87.9 263.1 0.0 1.0 0.0 47.1 233.3 0.0 0.0 38.6 0.0 804.5 647.1 6.3
Resources 154.80 572.13 88.3 161.4 235.6 25.1 162.4 47.7 23.4 144.3 0.0 0.0 374.1 0.0 1,834.5 1,527.8 9.9
Roads & Neighbourhood 396.97 1791.21 465.4 607.3 1,174.6 920.0 433.3 359.4 172.1 2,133.7 5.0 0.0 249.0 0.0 8,311.0 4,763.6 12.0
Chief Exec Office 2636.86 13374.18 2,264.1 5,306.5 9,293.0 4,315.6 1,858.4 1,887.4 5,054.1 11,263.3 702.3 5.0 3,982.9 295.0 59,601.7 34,674.7 13.2
Child Health Care & Criminal Justice 224.04 1057.50 39.0 77.3 759.8 20.3 165.9 323.6 284.8 490.9 66.7 0.0 452.9 203.2 3,941.7 3,188.1 14.2
Community Health & Care 706.56 8673.09 1,970.3 6,052.9 6,071.8 1,204.0 987.8 142.8 1,924.8 5,866.4 459.3 75.7 1,365.5 352.1 35,146.5 19,501.1 27.6
Finance & Resources 5.80 2.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.0 5.6 1.0
Mental Health Addiction & Learning Disabilities 111.92 373.86 10.7 88.3 117.2 165.1 25.7 7.1 409.4 308.7 3.0 0.0 59.1 0.0 1,568.1 1,122.6 10.0
Strategy, Planning & Health Improvement 31.04 81.14 0.0 2.1 463.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 31.6 8.6 0.0 4.0 0.0 590.5 482.7 15.6
Health & Social Care Partnership 1079.37 10187.59 2,020.0 6,220.6 7,411.8 1,393.4 1,179.4 473.5 2,618.9 6,697.5 537.6 75.7 1,881.5 555.3 41,252.9 24,328.9 22.5
Strategic Management 12.00 1.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 4.0 0.3
Local Government Employees Total 3728.22 23562.77 4,284.1 11,527.1 16,704.8 5,712.0 3,037.9 2,360.8 7,673.0 17,960.8 1,239.9 80.7 5,864.4 850.3 100,858.5 59,166.9 15.9
SNCT 931.10 3469.19 17.9 978.9 1,987.9 343.3 320.4 90.2 413.0 1,515.1 393.3 0.0 838.4 0.0 10,367.7 7,402.2 8.0
Council Wide Total 4659.32 27031.96 4,302.0 12,506.0 18,692.7 6,055.3 3,358.3 2,451.1 8,086.0 19,475.9 1,633.1 80.7 6,702.8 850.3 111,226.2 66,814.7 14.3
Page 213

Page 214

Table 14.2 Reasons for Absence 
The table below illustrates the reasons for absence and the number and percentage of the total days lost during 2024/25. Minor
Illness continues to be the reason for absence with the highest number of days followed Acute Medical Conditions and Personal
Stress. This reflects the same pattern as 2023/4. 
Absence Reason Working Days Lost Percentage of Lost Days
Minor Illness 27031.96 24%
Back Pain 4,302.0 4%
Musculo-skeletal Injuries 12,506.0 11%
Stress Personal 18,692.7 17%
Recur Medical Condition 6,055.3 5%
Injury/Accident (Non Work) 3,358.3 3%
Injury/Accident (Work) 2,451.1 2%
Mental Health 8,086.0 7%
Acute Medical Conditions 19,475.9 18%
Pregnancy Related 1,633.1 1%
Drink/Drug Related 80.7 0%
Stress - Work Related 6,702.8 6%
Long Covid 850.3 1%
TOTAL 111,226.2 100%
Page 214

Page 215

14. Voluntary Severance/Voluntary Early Retirement 
VS/VER was one offering available to employees to reduce the workforce as agreed in the budget setting process for 2023/24.
Table 1 - Notes of Interest
In total, there were 452 notes of interest submitted, which is a significant increase from the previous year due to the organisational
wide process that was launched in September 2024.   Table 1 provides a breakdown by Service.  Not all progressed to offer stage
for several reasons, including eligibility criteria not met, interest withdrawn, or an oversubscription in a particular area.
Service
No of Note of Interest
Received
Citizen Culture Facilities 87
Education Learning & Attain 101
Housing & Employability 58
HSCP 105
People & Technology 11
Regulatory & Regeneration 11
Resources 22
Roads & Neighbourhood 57
TOTAL 452 
Page 215

Page 216

Table 2 - Released via VS/VER: 1 April 2024 – 31 March 2025
During the period, a total of 27 employees (20.34 FTE) were granted early retirement on grounds of efficiency of the service,
redundancy or released on voluntary severance as shown in table 2 below and 3 below. 
Service
No of
Employees
No of
FTE
Citizen Culture Facilities 5 3.7
Education Learning &
Attainment 2 1.4
Housing 1 1
People & Technology 3 2.5
Regulatory & Regeneration 4 4
Resources 1 1
Roads & Neighbourhood 11 6.74 
Total 27 20.34 
Page 216

Page 217

Table 3 – Voluntary Early Retirement/Severance (1st April 2024 – 31st March 2025)
In line with data protection requirements, the table below shows the data consolidated as a council wide figure which includes
employees in the Health & Social Care Partnership
Net savings take account of annual costs. 
* One-off costs include provisional capitalisation (strain on the fund) costs. 
In respect of the 27 employees released, 20 were granted early retirement on efficiency or redundancy grounds and 7 were granted
voluntary severance.  The number of employees being released through voluntary early retirement/severance has significantly
reduced from the previous year as detailed in table 4 below.
Table 4 – Comparison to Previous Year
Council Wide 1 April 2023 – 31 March
2024
1 April 2024 – 31 March 2-
25
TOTALS 50 27 
The reductions achieved have contributed approximately £1.04m towards on-going savings with initial one-off costs of
approximately £1.24m.  The cost of release is being funded from the VER/VS earmarked reserve agreed by Council on 21
December 2022. Applications are still in the process of being considered in-line with service re-designs where appropriate. 
Council wide No. of EE’s *One-Off Costs Annual Costs
(Recurring)
Net Annual
Savings 
(Recurring)
TOTALS* 27 £1,243,827.04 £16,473.91 £1,046,573.61
Page 217

Page 218

Page 218

Page 219

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL
Report by the Chief Officer - Resources
Corporate Services Committee – 21 May 2025 
Subject: Corporate Services Revenue - Budgetary Control Report to 31 January
2025 (Period 10) 
1. Purpose 
1.1 The purpose of this report is to advise the Committee on the performance of
the Corporate Services budget for the period to 31 January 2025. 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 Members are asked to: 
i) Note that the revenue account currently shows a projected annual
favourable variance of £0.139m (0.38% of the total budget).
3. Background 
3.1 Revenue Budget
At the meeting of West Dunbartonshire Council on 6 March 2024, Members
agreed the revenue estimates for 2024/25. 
A total net budget of £38.161m was approved for services under the remit for
Corporate Services at that time. 
Since the budget changes to the value of -£1.423m have occurred, the details
of these are as follows: 
Description £m
Budget Agreed March 2024 38.161    
Previously reported on 06-11-24  
Removal of recharges to Central Support Allocation 0.142
Reduction in budgets in relation to Pension Fund reduced
costs -2.807
Increase in Leisure Trust Management Fee Budget 0.370    
Previously reported on 05-05-25  
Additional Cost of 24-25 Pay Award 0.525
Minor budget movements between committees. -0.026    
Subsequent Changes  
Disaggregation of Communities Budget 0.099
Additional Pay Award for WDLT Management Fee 0.274 
36.738 
ITEM 14
Page 219

Page 220

4. Main Issues 
Revenue Budget 
4.1 The summary report at Appendix 1 identifies a projected annual favourable
variance (underspend) of £0.139m, however after taking into account
£0.584m of earmarked reserves available the underlying favourable variance
is £0.723m (1.97%). Detailed service reports are attached as Appendix 2. 
£m £m
-0.539
Movement in Service Variances Explanations
Resources
-0.097
CCCF
23-24 Income from
CPC not accrued -0.060
Increase in staff costs
as vacancies filled. 0.051
0.025
Regulatory
Ongoing delay in filling
vacancies. -0.127
Reduction in
anticipated planing
income due to reduced
Building Warrant
applications. 0.109
-0.054
P&T
-0.031
-0.184
-0.723
Regulatory Others
Various
Total Movement in Service Variances
Net Underlying Favourable Variance as at P7
Net underlying favourable variance as at P10
Various
Arts & Heritage
Building and Cleaning PPP
CCCF Others
Legal Services
Planning
4.2 There are ten projected annual variances in excess of £0.050m. Notes on
these variances are highlighted and noted within Appendix 3, with additional
information on action being taken to minimise or mitigate overspends where
possible. 
4.3  Although the report indicates that underlying expenditure is favourable in
comparison to that anticipated during the budget exercise, the present
variance should be viewed in the knowledge that there are several
variable factors which could arise before 31 March 2025 and which could
affect the year end results. 
4.4 Appendix 4 to the report summarises the current position against the saving
options agreed by council as part of setting the 2024/25 budget. 
Page 220

Page 221

5. People Implications
5.1 There are no people implications. 
6. Financial and Procurement Implications 
6.1 Other than the financial position noted above, there are no financial or
procurement implications from this budgetary control report. 
7. Risk Analysis 
7.1 The main financial risks to the ongoing financial position relate to unforeseen
costs being identified between now and the end of the financial year. This can
affect all service areas 
8. Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) 
8.1 No equalities impact assessment was required in relation to this report.
9. Consultation          
9.1 All services involved in delivering the revenue budgets have been consulted
in the compilation of this report.
10. Strategic Assessment 
10.1 Proper budgetary control and sound financial practice are cornerstones
of good governance and support Council and officers to pursue the 5
strategic priorities of the Council’s Strategic Plan. This report forms part
of the financial governance of the Council. 
Laurence Slavin
Chief Officer Resources
Date: 06 May 2025 
Person to Contact: Adrian Gray, Finance Business Partner
Council Offices, 16 Church Street, Dumbarton
Telephone: (01389) 737838
E-mail: adrian.gray@west-dunbarton.gov.uk
Appendices 
Appendix 1 - Revenue Budgetary Control 2024/25 - Summary Report
Appendix 2 - Revenue Budgetary Control 2024/25 - Service Reports
Appendix 3 - Analysis of Revenue Variances over £50,000
Appendix 4 - Monitoring of Savings Options 
Background Papers: General Services Revenue Estimates 2024/25 – Council 6 March
2024 
Wards Affected All Wards
Page 221

Page 222

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES SUMMARY
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25
Spend to Date
2024/25 Final Spend
Annual
RAG
Status
Net Variance
attributable to
earmarked
reserves spend
Underlying
Variance
excluding
earmarked
reserves
spend
£000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000
Audit 19 191 70 51 265%  0 51
Finance 1,501 1,368 1,681 180 12%  183 (3)
Rent Rebates & Allowances 1,957 2,427 1,957 0 0%  0 0
Revenues & Benefits 2,350 2,015 2,398 48 2%  66 (18)
Finance Service Centre 467 372 442 (26) -5%  0 (26)
Cost of Collection of Rates 6 0 18 11 177%  11 0
Cost of Collection of Council Tax (823) (257) (1,015) (192) -23%  0 (192)
Central Admin Support 2,543 2,113 2,547 5 0%  0 5
Procurement 569 439 533 (36) -6%  0 (36)
Democratic and Registration Service 781 574 707 (74) -9%  0 (74)
Environmental Health 616 509 566 (50) -8%  0 (50)
Licensing (226) (177) (206) 20 9%  0 20
Legal Services/Trading Standards 884 680 788 (96) -11%  0 (96)
Planning 566 364 515 (52) -9%  0 (52)
Transactional Services 850 724 860 10 1%  0 10
Strategic People and Change 1,817 1,625 1,867 50 3%  35 15
Information Services 4,767 4,522 4,768 2 0%  0 2
Change Support 0 0 0 0 0%  0 0
Legal Fees & Settlement 0 13 13 13 0%  13 0
Communications & Marketing 280 210 251 (29) -10%  (29)
Citizen Services 1,382 643 1,345 (36) -3%  (36)
Performance & Strategy 237 186 226 (12) -5%  (12)
Clydebank Town Hall 319 198 299 (19) -6%  (19)
Office Accomodation 1,131 1,605 1,305 174 15%  191 (17)
Libraries 1,726 1,418 1,744 18 1%  18
Arts and Heritage 296 119 260 (36) -12%  (36)
Catering Services 4,732 4,489 4,678 (54) -1%  (54)
Building Cleaning 1,875 1,694 1,811 (65) -3%  (65)
Building Cleaning PPP (188) (70) (194) (6) 3%  (6)
Facilities Assistants 2,410 1,933 2,278 (132) -5%  (132)
Facilities Management 504 470 560 57 11%  57
Leisure Management 3,364 3,469 3,484 120 4%  85 35
Events 27 43 43 17 63%  17
36,738 33,912 36,599 (139) -0.38%  584 (723)
APPENDIX 1
Service / Subjective Summary Variance 2024/25
Total Net Expenditure
Page 222

Page 223

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status 
£000  £000  £000  £000 %
Employee 29,409 23,502 28,676 (733) (2%) 
Property 896 772 1,081 184 21% 
Transport and Plant 191 152 215 24 13% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 5,710 4,594 5,877 167 3% 
Payments to Other Bodies 5,908 6,057 6,368 460 8% 
Other 33,799 27,723 33,786 (13) (0%) 
Gross Expenditure 75,913 62,800 76,002 89 0% 
Income (39,175) (28,902) (39,417) (242) (1%) 
Net Expenditure 36,738 33,898 36,586 (153) (0%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 317 225 267 (50) (16%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 2 3 3 1 40% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 320 228 270 (50) (16%) 
Income (301) (37) (200) 100 33% 
Net Expenditure 19 191 70 51 265% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 1,507 1,238 1,506 (2) (0%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 50 10 55 5 10% 
Payments to Other Bodies 2 185 185 183 8448% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 1,560 1,433 1,746 187 12% 
Income (59) (65) (65) (6) (11%) 
Net Expenditure 1,501 1,368 1,681 180 12% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 0 0 0 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 32,426 26,580 32,426 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 32,426 26,580 32,426 0 0% 
Income (30,469) (24,153) (30,469) 0 0% 
Net Expenditure 1,957 2,427 1,957 0 0% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 1,867 1,563 1,870 4 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 2 1 2 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 30 11 50 19 63% 
Payments to Other Bodies 895 897 1,007 113 13% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 2,793 2,472 2,929 136 5% 
Income (443) (457) (530) (87) (20%) 
Net Expenditure 2,350 2,015 2,398 48 2% 
Finance
Rent Rebates & Allowances
Revenues & Benefits
Service Summary Variance 2024/25
All Services
Audit
Page 223

Page 224

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status Service Summary Variance 2024/25
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 344 314 378 34 10% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 48 27 49 0 1% 
Payments to Other Bodies 74 108 90 16 21% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 467 448 518 50 11% 
Income 0 (76) (76) (76) 0% 
Net Expenditure 467 372 442 (26) (5%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 3 0 3 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 89 0 100 11 13% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 91 0 103 11 12% 
Income (85) 0 (85) 0 0% 
Net Expenditure 6 0 18 11 177% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 64 51 64 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 30 21 30 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 94 72 94 0 0% 
Income (917) (329) (1,109) (192) (21%) 
Net Expenditure (823) (257) (1,015) (192) 23% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 572 444 540 (32) (6%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 2 0 2 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 75 79 76 1 2% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 649 523 618 (31) (5%) 
Income (80) (85) (85) (5) (6%) 
Net Expenditure 569 439 533 (36) (6%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 854 670 806 (49) (6%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 1 1 1 0 2% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 8 11 18 10 126% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 863 682 825 (39) (4%) 
Income (83) (108) (118) (35) (43%) 
Net Expenditure 781 574 707 (74) (9%) 
Cost of Collection of Council Tax
Procurement
Finance Service Centre
Democratic and Registration Service
Cost of Collection of Rates
Page 224

Page 225

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status Service Summary Variance 2024/25
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 2,552 2,130 2,563 11 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 (0) (4%) 
Supplies, Services and Admin 11 9 11 0 5% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 2,563 2,139 2,574 11 0% 
Income (20) (26) (27) (7) (32%) 
Net Expenditure 2,543 2,113 2,547 5 0% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 858 665 803 (55) (6%) 
Property 6 4 6 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 10 9 11 1 10% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 21 10 22 1 2% 
Payments to Other Bodies 72 56 75 4 5% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 967 743 917 (50) (5%) 
Income (351) (235) (351) (0) (0%) 
Net Expenditure 616 509 566 (50) (8%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 219 193 230 12 5% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 1 0 1 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 8 6 9 1 16% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 227 200 240 13 6% 
Income (453) (377) (446) 7 2% 
Net Expenditure (226) (177) (206) 20 (9%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 926 704 824 (102) (11%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 3 2 3 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 15 19 26 11 76% 
Payments to Other Bodies 2 0 1 (0) (13%) 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 946 726 855 (90) (10%) 
Income (61) (46) (67) (6) (9%) 
Net Expenditure 884 680 788 (96) (11%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 1,090 708 882 (208) (19%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 2 0 2 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 20 15 27 7 35% 
Payments to Other Bodies 170 76 201 30 18% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 1,281 799 1,111 (170) (13%) 
Income (715) (435) (596) 119 17% 
Net Expenditure 566 364 515 (52) (9%) 
Central Admin Support
Environmental Health
Legal Services/Trading Standards
Licensing
Planning
Page 225

Page 226

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status Service Summary Variance 2024/25
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 858 728 863 5 1% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 194% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 4 2 4 0 1% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 862 730 867 5 1% 
Income (12) (6) (7) 5 40% 
Net Expenditure 850 724 860 10 1% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 1,727 1,488 1,784 58 3% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 1 1 1 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 5 17 10 5 110% 
Payments to Other Bodies 214 235 214 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 1,947 1,741 2,010 63 3% 
Income (130) (116) (144) (13) (10%) 
Net Expenditure 1,817 1,625 1,867 50 3% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 2,156 1,889 2,271 115 5% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 2 2 2 0 1% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 3,063 2,879 3,055 (8) (0%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 3 0 0 (3) (100%) 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 5,224 4,770 5,328 104 2% 
Income (457) (248) (560) (103) (22%) 
Net Expenditure 4,767 4,522 4,768 2 0% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 13 13 13 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 0 0 0 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 0 13 13 13 0% 
Income 0 0 0 0 0% 
Net Expenditure 0 13 13 13 0% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 295 225 264 (31) (10%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 (0) (94%) 
Supplies, Services and Admin 9 3 5 (4) (43%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 305                229                270                (35) (11%) 
Income (25) (19) (19) 6 23% 
Net Expenditure 280                210                251                (29) (10%) 
£000  £000  £000 £000 %
Employee 1,464 778 1,458 (6) (0%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 37 74 95 58 158% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 98% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 1,502             852                1,554             52 3% 
Income (120) (209) (209) (88) (74%) 
Net Expenditure 1,382             643                1,345             (36) (3%) 
Legal Fees & Settlement
Citizen Services
Transactional Services
Strategic People and Change
Information Services
Communications & Marketing
Page 226

Page 227

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status Service Summary Variance 2024/25
£000  £000  £000 £000 %
Employee 222 179 213 (9) (4%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 (0) (77%) 
Supplies, Services and Admin 0 0 0 0 14% 
Payments to Other Bodies 14 9 14 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 237                188                228                (9) (4%) 
Income 0 (2) (2) (2) 0% 
Net Expenditure 237                186                226                (12) (5%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 133 119 142 9 7% 
Property 291 195 258 (32) (11%) 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 40 23 49 8 21% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 5 10 10 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 464 343 459 (5) (1%) 
Income (145) (145) (160) (15) (10%) 
Net Expenditure 319 198 299 (19) (6%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 121 97 119 (2) (1%) 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 38 23 42 4 10% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 20 0 20 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 1,373 1,144 1,360 (13) (1%) 
Gross Expenditure 1,552 1,264 1,541 (11) (1%) 
Income (422) 342 (236) 185 44% 
Net Expenditure 1,131 1,605 1,305 174 15% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 1,276 1,049 1,252 (23) (2%) 
Property 270 239 325 55 21% 
Transport and Plant 15 12 15 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 206 141 206 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 1,766 1,441 1,798 32 2% 
Income (40) (23) (54) (14) (37%) 
Net Expenditure 1,726 1,418 1,744 18 1% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 322 225 325 2 1% 
Property 2 10 16 14 644% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 34 36 57 22 65% 
Payments to Other Bodies 18 5 18 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 378 275 416 39 10% 
Income (82) (156) (156) (75) (91%) 
Net Expenditure 296 119 260 (36) (12%) 
Arts and Heritage
Performance & Strategy
Office Accomodation
Clydebank Town Hall
Libraries
Page 227

Page 228

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status Service Summary Variance 2024/25
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 3,959 3,278 3,886 (72) (2%) 
Property 71 55 113 42 59% 
Transport and Plant 110 96 129 19 17% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 1,873 1,087 1,835 (38) (2%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 29 80 29 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 6,041 4,596 5,991 (50) (1%) 
Income (1,309) (107) (1,314) (5) (0%) 
Net Expenditure 4,732 4,489 4,678 (54) (1%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 2,009 1,547 1,816 (193) (10%) 
Property 170 177 241 71 41% 
Transport and Plant 2 0 0 (2) (100%) 
Supplies, Services and Admin 17 43 76 59 353% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 2,197 1,767 2,133 (65) (3%) 
Income (322) (73) (322) 0 0% 
Net Expenditure 1,875 1,694 1,811 (65) (3%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 865 697 834 (31) (4%) 
Property 43 45 60 17 38% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 9 17 17 8 93% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 917 759 911 (6) (1%) 
Income (1,105) (829) (1,105) 0 0% 
Net Expenditure (188) (70) (194) (6) 3% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 2,436 1,917 2,269 (167) (7%) 
Property 44 47 62 18 41% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 (0) (90%) 
Supplies, Services and Admin 12 8 8 (4) (36%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 2,493 1,971 2,338 (154) (6%) 
Income (83) (38) (60) 23 27% 
Net Expenditure 2,410 1,933 2,278 (132) (5%) 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 459 430 510 51 11% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 2 4 5 3 155% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 63 33 43 (20) (31%) 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 10 10 10 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 524 478 568 44 8% 
Income (20) (8) (8) 13 63% 
Net Expenditure 504 470 560 57 11% 
Catering Services
Building Cleaning
Building Cleaning PPP
Facilities Assistants
Facilities Management
Page 228

Page 229

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 2
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
CORPORATE SERVICES COMMITTEE DETAIL
PERIOD END DATE 31 January 2025
Total Budget
2024/25 
YTD Spend
2024/25 
Forecast
Spend
2024/25
RAG Status Service Summary Variance 2024/25
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 0 0 0 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 4,128 4,219 4,234 107 3% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 4,128 4,219 4,234 107 3% 
Income (764) (751) (751) 13 2% 
Net Expenditure 3,364 3,469 3,484 120 4% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 0 0 0 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 35 59 59 23 66% 
Payments to Other Bodies 93 70 70 (23) (25%) 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 129 129 129 0 0% 
Income (102) (86) (86) 16 16% 
Net Expenditure 27 43 43 17 63% 
£000 £000 £000 £000 %
Employee 0 0 0 0 0% 
Property 0 0 0 0 0% 
Transport and Plant 0 13 13 13 0% 
Supplies, Services and Admin 0 0 0 0 0% 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 0 0% 
Other 0 0 0 0 0% 
Gross Expenditure 0 13 13 13 0% 
Income 0 0 0 0 0% 
Net Expenditure 0 13 13 13 0% 
Provision for Legal Fees & Settlements
Leisure Management
Events
Page 229

Page 230

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 3
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
ANALYSIS FOR VARIANCES OVER £50,000
PERIOD END DATE
Total Budget Annual Spend RAG Status
£000 £000 £000 %
Audit 19 70 51 265% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Cost of Collection of Council Tax (823) (1,015) (192) 23% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Democratic and Registration Service 781 707 (74) -9% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Environmental Health 616 566 (50) -8% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Legal Services/Trading Standards 884 788 (96) -11% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Planning 566 515 (52) -9% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
31 January 2025
Budget Details
Variance Analysis
Variance
Internal audit of council services.
Variance due to a £100k reduction in projected fraud recovery target which is offset by an
underspend in staff costs due to vacancies.
The National Fraud Initiative is indicating a lower than expected recovery of fraudulent
transactions this year. The service is also experiencing resource constraints. These two
factors will result in a lower value of income recovery than anticipated in the budget.
Adverse variance is anticipated.
This service collects Council tax from local residents. The services also provides support and
advice to those residents regarding council tax.
A higher than anticipated favourable income outturn is anticipated from Statutory Additions.
None required.
Favourable variance is anticipated.
The 3 Groups within this service (Food and Business Group, Environmental Pollution Group
and Community Health Protection Group) are responsible for all aspects of Environmental
Health work.
The reason for the favourable variance is the number of ongoing vacancies.
None required.
Favourable variance is anticipated.
This services deals with the administration functions and Democratic Services within the
Authority.
The favourable variance is due to a number of vacancies that are yet to be filled (£49k) and
the remaining balance being driven by an increase in income from fees and charges.
Recruitment is being undertaken to fill necessary vacancies.
Favourable variance is anticipated.
This services provides legal advice to the Council.
The reason for the favourable variance is the number of ongoing vacancies.
None required.
Adverse variance is anticipated.
A £208k favourable variance in employee costs is due to delays and difficulties filling
vacancies. This is partly offset by a £30k adverse variance in Payments to Other Bodies and
£119k adverse variance in projected income driven by reduced building warrant submissions.
None required.
Favourable variance is anticipated.
This Service provides Building & Planning services.
Page 230

Page 231

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 3
REVENUE BUDGETARY CONTROL 2024/25
ANALYSIS FOR VARIANCES OVER £50,000
PERIOD END DATE
Total Budget Annual Spend RAG Status
£000 £000 £000 %
31 January 2025
Budget Details
Variance Analysis
Variance
Catering Services 4,732 4,678 (54) -1% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance  There is a favourable variance against employee costs due to a number of vacancies.
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Building Cleaning 1,875 1,811 (65) -3% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Facilities Assistants 2,410 2,278 (132) -5% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Facilities Management 504 560 57 11% 
Service Description
Main Issues / Reason for Variance
Mitigating Action
Anticipated Outcome
Management and Team Leaders for Facilities Services such as Cleaning, Catering and
Facilities Assistants.
There is an adverse variance against employee costs principally because turnover is not
being achieved.
None at present.
None.
None.
Favourable variance anticipated.
Adverse variance anticipated.
There has been greater than anticipated expenditure on cleaning material costs (£69k) and
urgent equipment replacements (£57k) . However, there is a favourable variance against
employee costs due to a number of vacancies (£193k).
This service provides Facility Assistants throughout WDC buildings.
There is a favourable variance against employee costs due to a number of vacancies.
Catering Services across WDC
Favourable variance anticipated.
This service provides cleaning services across all council buildings.
Material costs and usage will be monitored.
Favourable variance anticipated.
Page 231

Page 232

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 4
MONITORING OF EFFICIENCIES AND MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS 2024/25
Efficiency Detail Ref Chief Officer
Budgeted Amount
£000 
Projection of Total
Saved £000 
Projection of Total
Not Saved £000 Comment
December 2023 Management Adjustments
1
Remove a 1.0 FTE vacant post from the Facilities Management
team with service delivery being maintained through new
structure with increased number of team leaders CCF09 A Graham 36                              36                              -                                 Complete
2
Remove two vacant posts in the Communications team which will
result in campaign activity being on digital platforms only,
minimal design activity and less capacity for events CCF10 A Graham 50                              50                              -                                 Complete
3
Rightsize ICT Budgets to better reflect expected costs for GIS
software and general ICT inflationary pressures PT01 V Rogers 46                              46                              -                                 Complete
4
Reflect reduction in employer NI/Pension contributions through
implementing VivUp Employee Benefits PT02 Shared 30                              30                              -                                 Complete
5
Restrict choice in office equipment to pre-agreed catalogue
items/amounts. PT05 Shared 10                              10                              -                                 Complete
6 Reduction in Mobile Phone usage for Council owned phones PT06 Shared 22                              22                              -                                 Complete
7
Reduce the Council’s training budget, retaining budget to cover
essential corporate requirements PT07 V Rogers 10                              10                              -                                 Complete
8
Estimated saving from replacing ISDN telephony lines with SIP
cloud telephone support (SIP is a digital method of making calls) PT11 V Rogers 76                              76                              -                                 Complete
9 Replacement of Citrix Technology with cheaper technology PT12 V Rogers 75                              75                              -                                 Complete
10
Implement the Water Direct Scheme which facilitates the
collection of water and sewerage debt from residents direct from
their benefits at source by the DWP RES05 L Slavin 60                              60                              -                                 Complete
11
Remove two franking machines and further reduce use of first
class mail RES11 L Slavin 12                              12                              -                                 Complete
12 Seek commercial opportunities for Balloch Park kiosk RES12 L Slavin 15                              10                              5                                   
The rental income was less
than the assumption made at
the savings exercise.
13
Rightsize  minor sundry service budget lines such as travel, books
etc RES14 L Slavin 17                              17                              -                                 Complete
Page 232

Page 233

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 4
MONITORING OF EFFICIENCIES AND MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS 2024/25
Efficiency Detail Ref Chief Officer
Budgeted Amount
£000 
Projection of Total
Saved £000 
Projection of Total
Not Saved £000 Comment
14
Rightsize income budgets as consequence of historical lease
review RES15 L Slavin 25                              25                              -                                 Complete
15
Adjust charge to Dumbarton Common Good for  support services
to reflect cost recovery RES19 L Slavin 21                              21                              -                                 Complete
16
Adjust charge to Valuation Joint Board for  support services to
reflect cost recovery RES20 L Slavin 11                              11                              -                                 Complete
17
Remove 3.41 FTE vacant posts in revenue and benefit team and
review work processes to minimise impact on income recovery RES21 L Slavin 109                            109                            -                                 Complete
18
Procure vehicles considered permanently required rather than
hiring  them RN17 G Macfarlane 100                            100                            -                                 In progress
19
Remove a 0.6 FTE vacant registrar post  - no longer required as
Clydebank Registration Service is now managed centrally from
Dumbarton RR02 A Douglas 30                              30                              -                                 Complete
20
Remove a 1 FTE vacancy in the Leadership Support Team whilst
retaining 2:1 PA/CO ratio RR04 A Douglas 39                              39                              -                                 Complete
21
Remove a 0.4 FTE vacancy in the Member Services Team to reflect
requirements of elected members RR05 A Douglas 15                              15                              -                                 Complete
22
Reduce 0.2 FTE in Democratic and Registration Service via a two
year phased retirement RR07 A Douglas 18                              18                              -                                 Complete
23
Right sizing anticipated income from regulatory and regeneration
fees RR12 A Douglas 130                            130                            -                                 Complete
December 2023 Saving Options
24
Reduce the West Dunbartonshire Leisure Trust Mgt Fee by up to
30% CCF01 A Graham 940                            940                            -                                 Complete
25 Two week Christmas closedown bar delivery of essential services RES07 L Slavin 7                                -                             7                                   
Cost pressure added for
2025/26
26
End the provision of hybrid committee meetings which would
enable the committee team to return to its existing establishment RR03 A Douglas 21                              21                              -                                 Complete
March 2024 Saving Options
Page 233

Page 234

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 4
MONITORING OF EFFICIENCIES AND MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS 2024/25
Efficiency Detail Ref Chief Officer
Budgeted Amount
£000 
Projection of Total
Saved £000 
Projection of Total
Not Saved £000 Comment
27 Reduce opening hours of Clydebank Town Hall  to 4 days a week CCF02 A Graham 30                              30                              -                                 Complete
28 Reduce investment in materials in library service CCF06 A Graham 50                              50                              -                                 Complete
29 Reduce financial commitment to the Highland Games CCF11 A Graham 14                              14                              -                                 Complete
30
Review core library staffing (outwith branch libraries)  and
remove one post CCF19 A Graham 18                              18                              -                                 Complete
31
Review menus in educational establishments to reduce waste
whilst ensuring compliance with nutritional guidance CCF20 A Graham 60                              60                              -                                 Complete
32
Reduce Community Budgeting fund by 50% reducing money
available for community groups to bid for CCF24 A Graham 27                              27                              -                                 Complete
33
Reduce  the Community Engagement budget by 50% reducing the
number of events supported CCF25 A Graham 22                              22                              -                                 Complete
34
Review the Communities team reducing the delivery of
community based services CCF26 A Graham 87                              49                              38                                 
Delay in implementation, in
year shortfall will be covered by
the smoothing fund. Full year
savings expected in future
years.
35 Reduce pay preservation period to 12 months PT04 Shared 14                              14                              -                                 Complete
36 Remove counselling and physio PT10 V Rogers 47                              47                              -                                 Complete
37 Remove 3.6 FTE in CAS team PT13 V Rogers 112                            112                            -                                 Complete
38 Reduce WDCVS funding by 50% RES02 L Slavin 75                              75                              -                                 Complete
39 Remove one Council officer RES09 L Slavin 26                              26                              -                                 Complete
40 School crossing patrollers - adhere to best practice RN01 G Macfarlane 24                              24                              -                                 Complete
41 Introduce £60 Garden Waste Charge RN02 G Macfarlane 180                            180                            -                                 Complete
42
Amend roads service activities to support education to statutory
level RN04 G Macfarlane 37                              37                              -                                 Complete
43 Reduce the Consultancy Services/Capital Investment Team by 25% RN18 G Macfarlane 10                              10                              -                                 Complete
44
Reduce the roads operations service from 29 FTE to 26 FTE which
will reduce resilience in the team RN21 G Macfarlane 80                              80                              -                                 Complete
45
Reduce maintenance costs through replacing 6 under utilised
grass pitches with 3 new 4G pitches RN22 G Macfarlane 10                              10                              -                                 In progress
46
Implement new approach to road defect repairs which will
capitalise costs previously charged to revenue RN23 G Macfarlane 200                            200                            -                                 Complete
47 Reduce weed killing from twice a year to once a year RN26 G Macfarlane 50                              50                              -                                 Complete
Page 234

Page 235

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 4
MONITORING OF EFFICIENCIES AND MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS 2024/25
Efficiency Detail Ref Chief Officer
Budgeted Amount
£000 
Projection of Total
Saved £000 
Projection of Total
Not Saved £000 Comment
48 Increase commercial waste fees by 14% RN27 G Macfarlane 45                              45                              -                                 Complete
49
Remove £12,500 of Nightzone West funding provided to Police
Scotland RR01 A Douglas 12                              12                              -                                 Complete
50
Reduction in 2 FTE paralegal support to contracts and property
section RR08 A Douglas 90                              67                              23                                 
Delay in implementation.  Full
year savings expected in future
years.
Page 235

Page 236

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 4
MONITORING OF EFFICIENCIES AND MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS 2024/25
Efficiency Detail Ref Chief Officer
Budgeted Amount
£000 
Projection of Total
Saved £000 
Projection of Total
Not Saved £000 Comment
March 2024 Management Adjustments
51 Review Arts & Heritage Service CCF16 A Graham 24                              24                              Complete
52
Review compliance with Strategic Opening Model to identify
areas where teams or posts can be merged PT08 Shared 200                            200                            -                                 Complete
53
Restructure of Transactional Services to remove one vacant G10
post PT09 V Rogers 30                              30                              -                                 Complete
54 Increase Council Tax on Second Homes RES06 L Slavin 82                              82                              -                                 Complete
55 Remove Empty Property Relief for Listed Buildings RES18 L Slavin 34                              34                              -                                 Complete
56 Remove vacant posts in asset management RES22 L Slavin 99                              99                              Complete
57
Remove facility assistants at Aurora House bringing service in line
with that provided at Clydebank Town Centre Office RES23 L Slavin 54                              54                              -                                 Complete
58 Generate income from Levengrove Pavilion. RES25 L Slavin 63                              20                              43                                 
Rental income lower and
running costs higher than
forecast when the saving
assumptions were reviewed.
59 Right size water authority income budget RES26 L Slavin 25                              25                              -                                 Complete
60 Outsourcing mgt of retail assets RES27 L Slavin 33                              33                              -                                 Complete
61
Transfer cost of solicitor support for the council housing building
prog to HRA capital budget RR09 A Douglas 60                              60                              -                                 Complete
62 Remove vacant contaminated land officer post RR11 A Douglas 30                              30                              -                                 Complete
63
Reduce support to planning and building standards by removing a
vacant part time technical support assistant post RR13 A Douglas 16                              16                              -                                 Complete
64
Remove a service co-ordinator in env health team and invite 2
service co-ordinators to be interviewed for the principal env
health officer post. RR14 A Douglas 68                              68                              -                                 Complete
Page 236

Page 237

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL APPENDIX 4
MONITORING OF EFFICIENCIES AND MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS 2024/25
Efficiency Detail Ref Chief Officer
Budgeted Amount
£000 
Projection of Total
Saved £000 
Projection of Total
Not Saved £000 Comment
65 Remove vacant Planning Compliance Officer post RR15 A Douglas 30                              30                              -                                 Complete
66 Remove one of the 3 Building Standards Surveyor Posts RR16 A Douglas 53                              53                              -                                 Complete
67 Reduce hours of solicitor from 5 days to 4 days RR17 A Douglas 12                              12                              -                                 Complete
68 Fund existing Grade 8 post from UK Towns Fund Support RR18 A Douglas 60                              60                              -                                 Complete
69
Fund officer costs associated with Levelling Up from final year of
Levelling Up Rev funding. RR19 A Douglas 60                              60                              -                                 Complete
70 March 2024 Increases in Fees and Charges Shared 492                            492                            Complete
4,769                          4,653                                 116 TOTAL EFFICIENCIES/MANAGEMENT ADJUSTMENTS
Page 237

Page 238

Page 238

Page 239

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL
Report by the Chief Officer – Resources
Corporate Services Committee – 21 May 2025
___________________________________________________________________ 
Subject: Corporate Services Capital Budgetary Control Report to 31 January 2025  
(Period 10). 
1. Purpose 
1.1 This report provides an update on the Corporate Services capital programme
to 31 January 2025. 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 Committee is asked to: 
i) Note the current position of the 2024/25 capital budget for Corporate
Services 
ii) Note that the project life total is currently on track. 
3. Background 
3.1 On 6 March 2024 the Council approved the updated General Services Capital
Plan for 2024/2025 to 2032/33.  The three years from 2024/25 to 2026/27
were approved in detail with the remaining years being indicative. The budget
agreed under the auspice of Corporate Services Committee was £3.264m for
2024/25 and £28.560m for the project life budget. 
4. Main Issues 
4.1 Exhibit 1 sets out the revised capital budget at period 7 as reported to
Committee 5 February 2025. 
Exhibit 1: Revised Capital Budget as at 31 January 2025. 
2024/25
(£m)
Project
Life (£m)
Corporate Services Capital Budget Agreed 6
March 2024. 3.624 28.560
Updates reported to Committee on 14 August
and 6 November 2024. 0.432 0.390
ITEM 15
Page 239

Page 240

Reprofiling reported to Committee on 6
November 2024. 0.123 0.000
Replacement of Council’s financial ledger
system. 0.100 1.000
New Approved Budget at Period 7  4.279  29.950 
4.2 Progress against the 2024/25 capital plan is detailed in: 
Appendix 1 – Project Life Summary by Chief Officer 
Appendix 2 – Projects Off Track – not required for period 10 as there are no
off-track projects to report 
Appendix 3 – Changes to Project Profiles at P10 
Appendix 4 – All Projects 
4.3  The overall program summary report at Appendix 1 shows that planned
expenditure against the budget agreed 6 March 2024 is on track. 
4.4  Appendix 4 shows all projects with approval in year and project life budgets as
well as anticipated expenditure. It highlights that the 2024/25 budget is
£4.279m with current forecast spend of £4. 164m.The spend as at period 10 is
£1.532m (36.79%) of the current forecast spend of £4.164m. 
4.5 Exhibit 2 sets out the revised capital budget at period 10 following approval at
Council on 5 March 2025 as part of the new capital programme. 
Exhibit 2: Revised Capital Budget 
2024/25
(£m)
Project
Life (£m)
Revised Capital Budget as at 31 January
2025  4.279  29.950
Updates agreed as part of Capital Plan 5 March
2025.  0 0.004
Reprofiling of Projects reported to Council 5
March 2025 (see appendix 3) (0.080) 0
Underspend – RES 2 Cash Receipting Systems
Enhancements (0.025) (0.025)
Underspend – RES 4 Agresso Development (0.010) (0.010)
Revised Capital Budget Period 10. 4.164 29.919 
5. Option Appraisal 
5.1 No option appraisal was required for this report. 
Page 240

Page 241

6. People Implications 
6.1 There are no people implications. 
7. Financial and Procurement Implications 
7.1 The report notes the projected in-year financial position for capital budgets. 
8. Risk Analysis 
8.1 The main risks are as follows: 
(a) The reported variances should be viewed in the knowledge that there
are a number of variable factors which could arise between now and 31
March which could affect the year end results for capital budgets. 
(b) As a consequence of current market conditions, inflation is at an all-time
high and interest rates continue to be volatile. To forecast for the full
year costs budget assumptions have been required. These assumptions
continue to change regularly and therefore it is likely the projected year
end budgetary position will change from that reported. 
9. Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) 
9.1 No equalities impact assessment was required in relation to this report. 
10. Environmental Sustainability 
10.1 No assessment of environmental sustainability was required in relation to this
report. 
11. Consultation 
11.1 All services involved in delivering the capital budgets have been consulted in
the compilation of this report. 
12. Strategic Assessment 
12.1 Proper budgetary control and sound financial practice are cornerstones
of good governance and support Council and officers to pursue the
strategic priorities of the Council’s current Strategic Plan. This report
forms part of the financial governance of the Council. 
Laurence Slavin
Chief Officer – Resources
Date: 06 May 2025
________________ 
Person to Contact: Adrian Gray 
Council Offices, Church Street, Dumbarton
Page 241

Page 242

E-mail: adrian.gray@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Appendices: Appendix 1 -  Project Life Summary 
Appendix 2 -  Projects Off Track – not required at P10 
Appendix 3 - Reprofiled Projects 
Appendix 4 -  Details of all Projects. 
Background Papers:  General Services Capital Plan Update - Council 6 March 
2024.      
Capital Monitoring Report – Council 26 March 2025. 
Wards Affected           All Wards 
Page 242

Page 243

Summary at Period 10 Appendix 1
Project
Life
Budget
Project Life
Forecast
Spend
Project
Life
Variance
On
Track/Complete Off Track
£'000 £'000 £'000
Resources 16,837    16,802            (35) 9 0
Citizen, Cultural and Facilities 2,912      2,912              -          2                          0
Regulatory and Regeneration 63           63                   -          2                          0
People and Transformation 10,142    10,142            -          4                          0
Total 29,954    29,919            (35) 17 0
Page 243

Page 244

Changes to Capital Plan and Implications at P10 Appendix 3
RESOURCES
Project - RES 2 (Underspend)
Current Year
2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31 2031/32 2032/33
Total Capital
Plan
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Cash Receipting system enhancements (25) (25) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (25)
Cash Receipting system enhancements Revised 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Explanation
Project complete, cost less than anticipated.  
Project - RES 3 (Underspend)
Current Year
2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31 2031/32 2032/33
Total Capital
Plan
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Agresso Development (10) 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30
Agresso Development - Revised 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30
Explanation
Project near completion and costs less than anticipated.
Project - RES 15 Reprofiling
Current Year
2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31 2031/32 2032/33
Total Capital
Plan
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Finance Ledger System (80) 100 350 550 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,000
Finance Ledger System - Revised 20 430 550 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,000
Explanation
Project only at initiation stage moving towards a high level options appraisal. Only minimum expenditure anticipated during current financial year.
Page 244

Page 245

All Approved Projects at Period 10 Appendix 4
Service Project
Project Life
Budget
Spend to
31 /3/24 Spend to
Date
Projected
Future
Spend
Total
Projected
Spend
Project
Variance
Approved
Budget
2024/25
Actual to
date
2024/25
Revised
Forecast
2024/25
In Year
Variance
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
1 RES 1 Valuation Joint Board - Requisition of ICT Equipment 24 6 14 10 24 0 11 8 11 0
2 RES 2 Cash Receipting system enhancements 30 5 5 0 5 (25) 25 0 0 (25)
3 RES 4 Agresso Development 102 62 86 6 92 (10) 40 24 30 (10)
4 RES 5 Cost of Living 1,002 502 641 361 1,002 0 250 139 250 0
5 RES 6 IFRS 16 Database 5 0 0 5 5 0 5 0 5 0
6 RES 7 Community Success Capital Fund 150 0 0 150 150 0 150 0 150 0
7 RES 8 Community Sports Success 250 0 10 240 250 0 250 10 250 0
8 RES 12 Direct Project Support 14,274 0 129 14,145 14,274 0 1,586 129 1,586 0
9 RES 15 Finance Ledger System 1,000 0 0 1,000 1,000 0 100 0 20 (80)
Total Resources 16,837 575 885 15,917 16,802 (35) 2,417 310 2,302 (115)
1 CCF 1 Heritage Capital Fund 2,491 2,234 2,380 112 2,491 0 257 146 257 0
2 CCF 2 Transformation of Infrastructure Libraries and Museums 421 326 373 48 421 0 95 47 95 0
Total CCCF 2,912 2,560 2,753 160 2,912 0 352 193 352 0
0
1 RR 1 Legal Case Management System 33 0 0 33 33 0 0 0 0 0
2 RR 2 Re -imagine Antonine Wall   30 15 16 14 30 0 15 1 15 0
Total Regulatory and Regeneration 63 15 16 47 63 0 15 1 15 0
0
1 P&T 1 ICT Modernisation 4,718 0 410 4,308 4,718 0 482 410 482 0
2 P&T 2 ICT Security & DR 4,143 0 397 3,746 4,143 0 642 397 642 0
3 P&T 3 365 Implementation 983 418 639 344 983 0 325 221 325 0
4 P&T 4 Development of Workforce Management System 298 0 0 298 298 0 46 0 46 0
Total P&T 10,142 418 1,446 8,696 10,142 0 1,495 1,028 1,495 0
0
17 Overall Total 29,954 3,568 5,100 24,820 29,919 (35) 4,279 1,532 4,164 (115)
Full Project Life In Year
Page 245

Page 246

Page 246

Page 247

WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL 
Report by Chief Officer - Resources 
Corporate Services Committee: 21 May 2025 
Subject:  Cost of Living – Capital Fund 
1. PURPOSE 
1.1 To report to members on the closure of the Cost-of-Living Capital Fund
(the fund) and report on the groups it has supported since it was
established in June 2022.    
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1 Members are asked to: 
a) note the level of support provided via the Cost-of-Living Capital
Fund 
b) agree the remaining £10,379 be removed from the capital plan with
this to be formally agreed by full Council. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 At a meeting of West Dunbartonshire Council on 22 June 2022, an
emergency item of business was considered and approved by
members in relation to the cost-of-living crisis. This made £1,000,000 of
capital funds available to support Council and community organisations
with capital costs for cost-of-living initiatives. 
3.2 In order to progress the initiatives set out in the motion and other
developing action in relation to tackling the impact of the cost of living
crisis, it was decided the previously established cross-party Cost of
Living Working Group (the Working Group) would be the most
appropriate forum to discuss and monitor progress, emerging issues
and proposed activity. 
3.3 The June 2022 motion also asked that a process be developed to
review applications for capital funding to be submitted through the
Working Group for consideration and then passed to an appropriate
committee or Council for approval.  On 26 October 2022 full Council
approved the guidance and application form to support the Fund and
the process to manage the Fund, including delegating powers to the
Chief Officer – Resources to approve or reject applications to the Fund.
The agreed application approval process can be summarised as
follows: 
ITEM 16
Page 247

Page 248

1. Applicant applies via Council website
2. Finance Officer reviews application to ensure it meets the criteria
of the Fund and application is complete
3. Chief Officer – Resources circulates a summary of application to
the Working Group with his recommendation for
acceptance/rejection for their consideration
4. Working Group provide feedback and ask any questions
regarding the application.
5. Final decision on whether to approve funding delegated to the
Chief Officer - Resources. 
4. MAIN ISSUES 
4.1 Over the period November 2022 – March 2025 a total of 55 applications
were received and three allocations were made to reflect Council
decisions. This is summarised in Exhibit 1 with more detail provided in the
subsequent paragraphs. 
Exhibit 1 – Summarised Use of Cost-of-Living Capital Fund
Status Number £
Approved in Full 26 484,915
Partially Approved 10 204,153
Returned Unspent  (30,068)
Total Paid Out (Para 4.2)  659,000
Council Decisions (Para 4.3) 5 330,621
Rejected 19 0
Total 60 989,621
Remaining Fund  10,379 
4.2 Successful Applicants (£659,000) 
Exhibit 2 sets out the 36 groups either fully or partially supported, the
amount they were awarded and a summary of the purpose of the award. 
Exhibit 2 – Successful Applicants 
Group Purpose  Award
(£)
1 West Dunbartonshire
Community Foodshare
Van 19,413
2 Clydebank Men's Shed Replacement saws and ancillary
equipment
4,100
3 Clyde Shopmobility Computer equipment, mobility
scooters and mobility aids
6,870
4 Carers of West
Dunbartonshire
Laptop, projector and accessories 3,309
5 Dalmuir Church Drop in
Pantry
Industrial cooker, dishwashers and
laptop
7,643
6 Faifley Community Council Van 20,000
Page 248

Page 249

7 Daniel's Wish Sensory equipment 9,143
8 Lomond and Clyde Care &
Repair
Van 22,000
9 Awestruck Academy Upgrade nursery, kitchen, IT suite
and leisure equipment
29,589
10 Mini Messy Monsters Sensory equipment 3,800
11 Our Warriors Sensory equipment 5,000
12 Tullochan Commercial range cooker and
ventilation for Common Good Café
9,663
13 Y Sort It Renew windows in gym hall, stage
and activity area
15,120
14 Dumbarton Area Council on
Alcohol
Double glazing, central heating,
rewiring and flooring
39,644
15 BenView Resource Centre A new boiler (subsequently
returned as unspent)
30,000
16 West Dunbartonshire
Community Foodshare
Fund a new boiler 5,610
17 Old Kilpatrick Food Parcels Kitchen development and new
toilets.  In addition, OKFP applied
for £11,000 of funding for
architect's fees and supervised
project management. Working
Group agreed the Council will
provide these services on a pro-
bono basis to avoid OKFP
incurring these costs.
44,000
18 Dalmuir Barclay Church
Pantry
Purchase a van (£68 returned as
unspent)
20,000
19 Lomond Clyde Care & Repair Purchase a van 22,903
20 Clydebank Asbestos Group Repair meeting hub 37,560
21 Golden Friendships Air conditioning unit 20,000
22 Clydebank Men’s Shed Install a dust processor system 16,500
23 Lomond Parish Church Establish a community pantry 29,400
24 Alternatives Improve the kitchen and to provide
a community space in Dalmuir
Community Café
5,599
25 Haldane Youth Services To refurbish current rooms and
provide a warm space for the
community to come for training and
internet access
27,051
26 Kinship Care To fund unit refurbishment,
computer / gaming equipment,
furnishings and kitchen equipment
27,500
27 Flourishing Faifley Purchase a van 20,846
28 Carers of West
Dunbartonshire
To refurbish premises 29,774
29 Dalmuir Barclay Church
Pantry Kitchen refurbishment 16,330
30
The Recycle Room
Refurbish the building and provide
a van 37,400
Page 249

Page 250

31
OKFP
Refurbish windows, fire doors,
toilets and heating 17,900
32
Inler Park Trust
To rebuild gym and upgrade 
building & heating  38,000
33
BenView Resource Centre
To enhance warm hub
environment 8,170
34 Blue Triangle To purchase equipment for a social
space
4,998
35 Alternatives To fund window replacement 1,435
36 Loch Lomond Rugby Club Install Kitchen, flooring,
appliances, furnishings, install
double glazing and roller shutters
32,798 
Returned Unspent Amount  (30,068) 
Total   659,000 
4.3 Council Decisions (£332,000) 
When agreeing the 2024/25 and 2025/26 Council budgets, Council
agreed, in relation to the Fund to add three new initiatives. 
2024/25 - £150,000 General Capital Community Success Fund: The
Council agreed to establish this capital fund using the Cost-of-Living
Capital monies and have it available to support community groups for
capital expenditure. This investment has helped ensure groups are in a
practical position to move forward with lease arrangements and
ensuring future asset transfers are viable and sustainable in the long
term.  As at April 2025 this fund has supported three groups to the cost
of £148,621 leaving a balance of £1,379 which can be removed from
the capital plan.  This is summarised below. 
1. Antonine Sports, Glenhead Community Centre – £107,381 
Enabling works to support group in preparing to take on asset.  This
covered minor repairs, compliance upgrades and essential upgrades 
needed to bring the asset up to a useable standard.  Also a condition
surveys was carried out as these are the critical first step in helping
community groups make informed decisions about whether an asset
transfer is viable.  Most groups do not have the resources or
technical expertise to commission surveys, and without this
information, they may take on significant unknown risks.  By funding
these surveys up front, we have derisked the process and given
groups the confidence and evidence they need to develop strong
business plans and secure funding and support 
2. Old Kilpatrick Food Parcels - £7,510 
Costs associated with intruder alarm repair and a condition survey. 
3. West Dunbartonshire Activity Centre - £33,730
Enabling works to support group in preparing to take on assets.  This
covered a condition survey, minor repairs, compliance upgrades and
essential upgrades 
Page 250

Page 251

needed to bring the asset up to a useable standard.   
2024/25 - £32,000 Building improvements Old Kilpatrick Food
Parcels - Napier Hall: The £32,000 is to fund building works including
to supply and fit utilities, gas, electricity and plumbing. This funding has
been provided to the group and the works are ongoing. 
2025/26 - £150,000 to Flourishing Faifley: contribution towards a new
4G Football Pitch at Faifley Knowes. 
4.4 Applications Rejected 
The reasons for the 19 applications where no funding was awarded can
be summarised as: 
1. No clear link to cost-of-living crisis (8)
2. Application not capital in nature (5)
3. Application withdrawn by applicant (2)
4. Applicant referred on to Energy Fund (2)
5. Application from a private citizen (1)
6. Application met criteria but already well supported by fund (1) 
4.5 Summary and Recommendation 
With the exception of a small balance of £10,379, the £1 million set aside
for the Cost-of-Living Capital Fund has been fully expended or committed.
It has helped support 36 community groups and provided further support
to five groups through the funds set aside by Council decisions made
when agreeing the 2024/25 and 2025/26 budgets.  It is recommended that
Corporate Services note the level of support provided via the Cost-of-
Living Capital Fund and agree that the remaining £10,379 be removed
from the capital plan.  This would be formally agreed by Council when the
next Council capital budgetary control report is presented. 
5. PEOPLE IMPLICATIONS 
5.1 None directly from this report. 
6. FINANCIAL AND PROCUREMENT IMPLICATIONS 
6.1 Report summarises the use of £1m of capital funds. 
7. RISK ANALYSIS 
7.1 None directly from this report 
8. EQUALITIES IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) 
8.1 None directly from this report 
Page 251

Page 252

9. CONSULTATION 
9.1 The views of all the Cost-of-Living Working Group have been requested
on this report and feedback incorporated herein. 
10. STRATEGIC ASSESSMENT 
10.1 The recommendation in this report supports the delivery of the Council
Strategic Plan and in particular the achievement of the following priorities:
o Our Communities – Resilient and Thriving;
o Our Council – Inclusive and Adaptable 
Laurence Slavin
Chief Officer - Resources
Date:   15 April 2025 
Person to Contact: Laurence Slavin, Chief Officer - Resources 
E-mail: laurence.slavin@west-dunbarton.gov.uk 
Background Papers
Council Motion – 22 June 2022
Council Report - Cost of Living – Capital Fund – 26 October 2022
Council Budget Report – 06 March 2024
Council Budget Report – 05 March 2025 
Page 252